WO2017125796A1 - 金属酸化物膜、半導体装置、及び表示装置 - Google Patents
金属酸化物膜、半導体装置、及び表示装置 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2017125796A1 WO2017125796A1 PCT/IB2016/052929 IB2016052929W WO2017125796A1 WO 2017125796 A1 WO2017125796 A1 WO 2017125796A1 IB 2016052929 W IB2016052929 W IB 2016052929W WO 2017125796 A1 WO2017125796 A1 WO 2017125796A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- film
- transistor
- oxide semiconductor
- region
- metal oxide
- Prior art date
Links
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 title claims abstract description 250
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 250
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 title claims description 595
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 216
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 claims description 70
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 claims description 62
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims description 58
- 238000002524 electron diffraction data Methods 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000005685 electric field effect Effects 0.000 abstract 1
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 1575
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 235
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 233
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 165
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 163
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 163
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 158
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 147
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 143
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 137
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 129
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 125
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 107
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 70
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 70
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 69
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 62
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 61
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 61
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 61
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 57
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 54
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 50
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 49
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 49
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 49
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 48
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 47
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 45
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 43
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 40
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 40
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 39
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 39
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 36
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 34
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 34
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 34
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 32
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 32
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 30
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 30
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 29
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 28
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 27
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 27
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 26
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical group [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 25
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 25
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 22
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 22
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 21
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 18
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 18
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 17
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000005669 field effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 15
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 14
- MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum nitride Chemical compound [Ta]#N MZLGASXMSKOWSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium nitride Chemical compound [Ti]#N NRTOMJZYCJJWKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 12
- -1 element M Chemical compound 0.000 description 12
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 12
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910000449 hafnium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000001004 secondary ion mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000035882 stress Effects 0.000 description 11
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 10
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 10
- WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium(4+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Hf+4] WIHZLLGSGQNAGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000002070 nanowire Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 8
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 7
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000002159 nanocrystal Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052718 tin Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical group [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000000231 atomic layer deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910003437 indium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium(iii) oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[In+3].[In+3] PJXISJQVUVHSOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium;oxotin Chemical compound [In].[Sn]=O AMGQUBHHOARCQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonaoxidotritungsten Chemical compound O=[W]1(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O[W](=O)(=O)O1 QGLKJKCYBOYXKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000000623 plasma-assisted chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910001930 tungsten oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 206010027146 Melanoderma Diseases 0.000 description 5
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 5
- PMHQVHHXPFUNSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M copper(1+);methylsulfanylmethane;bromide Chemical compound Br[Cu].CSC PMHQVHHXPFUNSP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000007772 electroless plating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000005262 ferroelectric liquid crystals (FLCs) Substances 0.000 description 5
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 5
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);tantalum(5+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ta+5].[Ta+5] BPUBBGLMJRNUCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000011029 spinel Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052596 spinel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 238000005477 sputtering target Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910001936 tantalum oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 5
- YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc indium(3+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O--].[Zn++].[In+3] YVTHLONGBIQYBO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- AJNVQOSZGJRYEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N digallium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ga+3].[Ga+3] AJNVQOSZGJRYEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910001195 gallium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052451 lead zirconate titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 4
- RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);zirconium(4+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[Zr+4] RVTZCBVAJQQJTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003071 parasitic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000005268 plasma chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910021420 polycrystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000000565 sealant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002230 thermal chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000001039 wet etching Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910001928 zirconium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- MGWGWNFMUOTEHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3,5-dimethylphenyl)-1,3-thiazol-2-amine Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C=2N=C(N)SC=2)=C1 MGWGWNFMUOTEHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N AsGa Chemical compound [As]#[Ga] JBRZTFJDHDCESZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910001218 Gallium arsenide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 3
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004983 Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000577 Silicon-germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000011276 addition treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000731 high angular annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002173 high-resolution transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005300 metallic glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen dioxide Inorganic materials O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoyttriooxy)yttrium Chemical compound O=[Y]O[Y]=O SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 3
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical group [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- UWCWUCKPEYNDNV-LBPRGKRZSA-N 2,6-dimethyl-n-[[(2s)-pyrrolidin-2-yl]methyl]aniline Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC[C@H]1NCCC1 UWCWUCKPEYNDNV-LBPRGKRZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002925 A-like Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101150110971 CIN7 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100286980 Daucus carota INV2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101150110298 INV1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910008813 Sn—Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101100397044 Xenopus laevis invs-a gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100397045 Xenopus laevis invs-b gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Si].[Ge] Chemical compound [Si].[Ge] LEVVHYCKPQWKOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004380 ashing Methods 0.000 description 2
- GPBUGPUPKAGMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanylidynemolybdenum Chemical compound [Mo]#N GPBUGPUPKAGMDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000416 bismuth oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052795 boron group element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 210000005252 bulbus oculi Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229910052800 carbon group element Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003098 cholesteric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910021419 crystalline silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- TYIXMATWDRGMPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibismuth;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Bi+3].[Bi+3] TYIXMATWDRGMPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005315 distribution function Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005264 electron capture Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010893 electron trap Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000724 energy-dispersive X-ray spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium oxide Inorganic materials O=[Ge]=O YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001341 grazing-angle X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000003703 image analysis method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000002484 inorganic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- HFGPZNIAWCZYJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lead zirconate titanate Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Ti+4].[Zr+4].[Pb+2] HFGPZNIAWCZYJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007257 malfunction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000484 niobium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- PVADDRMAFCOOPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxogermanium Chemical compound [Ge]=O PVADDRMAFCOOPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052696 pnictogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005498 polishing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920005591 polysilicon Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011669 selenium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009751 slip forming Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VEALVRVVWBQVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N strontium titanate Chemical compound [Sr+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])=O VEALVRVVWBQVSL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellanylidenegermanium Chemical compound [Te]=[Ge] JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001771 vacuum deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- NQTSTBMCCAVWOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dimethoxyphosphoryl-3-phenoxypropan-2-one Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)CC(=O)COC1=CC=CC=C1 NQTSTBMCCAVWOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004986 Cholesteric liquid crystals (ChLC) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910004129 HfSiO Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005264 High molar mass liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920012266 Poly(ether sulfone) PES Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Selenium Chemical compound [Se] BUGBHKTXTAQXES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910008284 Si—F Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004990 Smectic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004974 Thermotropic liquid crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDPILPRLPQYEEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium arsenide Chemical compound [As]#[Al] MDPILPRLPQYEEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011109 contamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001873 dinitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009429 distress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001508 eye Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000744 eyelid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004868 gas analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007646 gravure printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005527 interface trap Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052743 krypton Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N krypton atom Chemical compound [Kr] DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052746 lanthanum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum atom Chemical compound [La] FZLIPJUXYLNCLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005355 lead glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011344 liquid material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000691 measurement method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013081 microcrystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052754 neon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N neon atom Chemical compound [Ne] GKAOGPIIYCISHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000006855 networking Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001683 neutron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- RUFLMLWJRZAWLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N nickel silicide Chemical compound [Ni]=[Si]=[Ni] RUFLMLWJRZAWLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021334 nickel silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003863 physical function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000009719 polyimide resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007639 printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000750 progressive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009993 protective function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004151 rapid thermal annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008707 rearrangement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004098 selected area electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000004088 simulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005361 soda-lime glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012916 structural analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellurium atom Chemical compound [Te] PORWMNRCUJJQNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001887 tin oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000101 transmission high energy electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003949 trap density measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052724 xenon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N xenon atom Chemical compound [Xe] FHNFHKCVQCLJFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C14/00—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material
- C23C14/06—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material characterised by the coating material
- C23C14/08—Oxides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/02—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers
- H01L27/12—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body
- H01L27/1214—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body comprising a plurality of TFTs formed on a non-semiconducting substrate, e.g. driving circuits for AMLCDs
- H01L27/1222—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body comprising a plurality of TFTs formed on a non-semiconducting substrate, e.g. driving circuits for AMLCDs with a particular composition, shape or crystalline structure of the active layer
- H01L27/1225—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body comprising a plurality of TFTs formed on a non-semiconducting substrate, e.g. driving circuits for AMLCDs with a particular composition, shape or crystalline structure of the active layer with semiconductor materials not belonging to the group IV of the periodic table, e.g. InGaZnO
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C14/00—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material
- C23C14/22—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material characterised by the process of coating
- C23C14/34—Sputtering
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C14/00—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material
- C23C14/22—Coating by vacuum evaporation, by sputtering or by ion implantation of the coating forming material characterised by the process of coating
- C23C14/34—Sputtering
- C23C14/3407—Cathode assembly for sputtering apparatus, e.g. Target
- C23C14/3414—Metallurgical or chemical aspects of target preparation, e.g. casting, powder metallurgy
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C23—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; CHEMICAL SURFACE TREATMENT; DIFFUSION TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL; INHIBITING CORROSION OF METALLIC MATERIAL OR INCRUSTATION IN GENERAL
- C23C—COATING METALLIC MATERIAL; COATING MATERIAL WITH METALLIC MATERIAL; SURFACE TREATMENT OF METALLIC MATERIAL BY DIFFUSION INTO THE SURFACE, BY CHEMICAL CONVERSION OR SUBSTITUTION; COATING BY VACUUM EVAPORATION, BY SPUTTERING, BY ION IMPLANTATION OR BY CHEMICAL VAPOUR DEPOSITION, IN GENERAL
- C23C16/00—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes
- C23C16/22—Chemical coating by decomposition of gaseous compounds, without leaving reaction products of surface material in the coating, i.e. chemical vapour deposition [CVD] processes characterised by the deposition of inorganic material, other than metallic material
- C23C16/30—Deposition of compounds, mixtures or solid solutions, e.g. borides, carbides, nitrides
- C23C16/40—Oxides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C30—CRYSTAL GROWTH
- C30B—SINGLE-CRYSTAL GROWTH; UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLIDIFICATION OF EUTECTIC MATERIAL OR UNIDIRECTIONAL DEMIXING OF EUTECTOID MATERIAL; REFINING BY ZONE-MELTING OF MATERIAL; PRODUCTION OF A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; SINGLE CRYSTALS OR HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; AFTER-TREATMENT OF SINGLE CRYSTALS OR A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C30B23/00—Single-crystal growth by condensing evaporated or sublimed materials
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C30—CRYSTAL GROWTH
- C30B—SINGLE-CRYSTAL GROWTH; UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLIDIFICATION OF EUTECTIC MATERIAL OR UNIDIRECTIONAL DEMIXING OF EUTECTOID MATERIAL; REFINING BY ZONE-MELTING OF MATERIAL; PRODUCTION OF A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; SINGLE CRYSTALS OR HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; AFTER-TREATMENT OF SINGLE CRYSTALS OR A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C30B23/00—Single-crystal growth by condensing evaporated or sublimed materials
- C30B23/02—Epitaxial-layer growth
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C30—CRYSTAL GROWTH
- C30B—SINGLE-CRYSTAL GROWTH; UNIDIRECTIONAL SOLIDIFICATION OF EUTECTIC MATERIAL OR UNIDIRECTIONAL DEMIXING OF EUTECTOID MATERIAL; REFINING BY ZONE-MELTING OF MATERIAL; PRODUCTION OF A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; SINGLE CRYSTALS OR HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; AFTER-TREATMENT OF SINGLE CRYSTALS OR A HOMOGENEOUS POLYCRYSTALLINE MATERIAL WITH DEFINED STRUCTURE; APPARATUS THEREFOR
- C30B29/00—Single crystals or homogeneous polycrystalline material with defined structure characterised by the material or by their shape
- C30B29/10—Inorganic compounds or compositions
- C30B29/16—Oxides
- C30B29/22—Complex oxides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L27/00—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
- H01L27/02—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers
- H01L27/12—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body
- H01L27/1203—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body the substrate comprising an insulating body on a semiconductor body, e.g. SOI
- H01L27/1207—Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components specially adapted for rectifying, oscillating, amplifying or switching and having potential barriers; including integrated passive circuit elements having potential barriers the substrate being other than a semiconductor body, e.g. an insulating body the substrate comprising an insulating body on a semiconductor body, e.g. SOI combined with devices in contact with the semiconductor body, i.e. bulk/SOI hybrid circuits
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices specially adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching and having potential barriers; Capacitors or resistors having potential barriers, e.g. a PN-junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/02—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/04—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their crystalline structure, e.g. polycrystalline, cubic or particular orientation of crystalline planes
- H01L29/045—Semiconductor bodies ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor characterised by their crystalline structure, e.g. polycrystalline, cubic or particular orientation of crystalline planes by their particular orientation of crystalline planes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices specially adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching and having potential barriers; Capacitors or resistors having potential barriers, e.g. a PN-junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/68—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor controllable by only the electric current supplied, or only the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
- H01L29/76—Unipolar devices, e.g. field effect transistors
- H01L29/772—Field effect transistors
- H01L29/78—Field effect transistors with field effect produced by an insulated gate
- H01L29/786—Thin film transistors, i.e. transistors with a channel being at least partly a thin film
- H01L29/7869—Thin film transistors, i.e. transistors with a channel being at least partly a thin film having a semiconductor body comprising an oxide semiconductor material, e.g. zinc oxide, copper aluminium oxide, cadmium stannate
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L29/00—Semiconductor devices specially adapted for rectifying, amplifying, oscillating or switching and having potential barriers; Capacitors or resistors having potential barriers, e.g. a PN-junction depletion layer or carrier concentration layer; Details of semiconductor bodies or of electrodes thereof ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/66—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor
- H01L29/68—Types of semiconductor device ; Multistep manufacturing processes therefor controllable by only the electric current supplied, or only the electric potential applied, to an electrode which does not carry the current to be rectified, amplified or switched
- H01L29/76—Unipolar devices, e.g. field effect transistors
- H01L29/772—Field effect transistors
- H01L29/78—Field effect transistors with field effect produced by an insulated gate
- H01L29/786—Thin film transistors, i.e. transistors with a channel being at least partly a thin film
- H01L29/78696—Thin film transistors, i.e. transistors with a channel being at least partly a thin film characterised by the structure of the channel, e.g. multichannel, transverse or longitudinal shape, length or width, doping structure, or the overlap or alignment between the channel and the gate, the source or the drain, or the contacting structure of the channel
Definitions
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to a metal oxide film and a method for forming the metal oxide film. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device including the metal oxide film. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a display device including the metal oxide film or the semiconductor device.
- a semiconductor device refers to all devices that can function by utilizing semiconductor characteristics
- a transistor, a semiconductor circuit, and the like are one embodiment of a semiconductor device.
- An arithmetic device, a storage device, an imaging device, an electro-optical device, a power generation device (including a thin film solar cell, an organic thin film solar cell, and the like) and an electronic device may include a semiconductor device.
- an oxide semiconductor As a semiconductor material applicable to a transistor, an oxide semiconductor has attracted attention.
- a plurality of oxide semiconductor layers are stacked, and among the plurality of oxide semiconductor layers, the oxide semiconductor layer serving as a channel contains indium and gallium, and the proportion of indium is the proportion of gallium.
- a semiconductor device is disclosed with enhanced field-effect mobility (simply referred to as mobility, or mu FE).
- Non-Patent Document 1 an oxide semiconductor including indium, gallium, and zinc is In 1-x Ga 1 + x O 3 (ZnO) m (x is a number satisfying ⁇ 1 ⁇ x ⁇ 1, m is It is disclosed to have a homologous phase represented by a natural number).
- An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a metal oxide film including a crystal part. Another object is to provide a metal oxide film with high stability in physical properties. Another object is to provide a metal oxide film with improved electrical characteristics. Another object is to provide a metal oxide film that can increase field-effect mobility. Another object is to provide a novel metal oxide film. Another object is to provide a highly reliable semiconductor device including a metal oxide film.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a metal oxide film that can be formed at low temperature and has high physical stability. Another object is to provide a highly reliable semiconductor device that can be formed at low temperature.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a flexible device including a metal oxide film.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a metal oxide film containing In, M (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn), and Zn, the metal oxide film including a first crystal portion, A first crystal part having a c-axis orientation, and the second crystal part is a metal oxide film having no c-axis orientation.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a metal oxide film including In, M (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn), and Zn.
- the metal oxide film includes: The first crystal part has c-axis orientation, the second crystal part does not have c-axis orientation, and the second crystal part has a crystal part and a second crystal part.
- the proportion of the portion is a metal oxide film that is greater than the proportion of the first crystal portion.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a metal oxide film including In, M (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn), and Zn.
- the metal oxide film includes: The first crystal part has c-axis orientation, the second crystal part has no c-axis orientation, and the electron beam with respect to the cross section has a crystal part and a second crystal part When diffraction measurement is performed and an electron beam diffraction pattern of the metal oxide film is observed, the electron beam diffraction pattern is caused by the first region having a diffraction spot caused by the first crystal part and the second crystal part. And a second region having a diffraction spot, and the integrated intensity of luminance in the first region is a metal oxide film larger than the integrated intensity of luminance in the second region.
- the integrated intensity of luminance in the first region is preferably more than 1 time and not more than 40 times, more preferably more than 1 time and not more than 10 times the integrated intensity of luminance in the second region. More preferably, it is more than 1 time and 3 times or less.
- the metal oxide film preferably has a region where the peak value of the shallow defect level density is less than 5 ⁇ 10 12 cm ⁇ 2 eV ⁇ 1 .
- the atomic ratio of In is 4, the atomic ratio of M is preferably 1.5 or more and 2.5 or less, and the atomic ratio of Zn is preferably 2 or more and 4 or less.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a semiconductor device including a semiconductor film, a gate insulating film, and a gate electrode, and the semiconductor film includes the metal oxide film.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a display device including the metal oxide film according to any one of the above embodiments or the semiconductor device of the above embodiment.
- a metal oxide film including a crystal part can be provided.
- a metal oxide film with high physical properties can be provided.
- a novel metal oxide film can be provided.
- a highly reliable semiconductor device including a metal oxide film can be provided.
- a metal oxide film that can be formed at a low temperature and has high physical stability can be provided.
- a highly reliable semiconductor device that can be formed at low temperature can be provided.
- a flexible device including a metal oxide film can be provided.
- 1A to 1C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of a metal oxide film.
- 2A to 2C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the metal oxide film.
- 3A to 3C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the metal oxide film.
- 4A to 4C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the metal oxide film.
- 5A to 5C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the metal oxide film.
- 6A to 6C show a cross-sectional TEM image and a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the metal oxide film.
- 7A to 7C show an XRD measurement result and an electron beam diffraction pattern of the metal oxide film.
- 8A to 8C show the XRD measurement results and electron beam diffraction patterns of the metal oxide film.
- 9A to 9C show XRD measurement results and electron diffraction patterns of the metal oxide film.
- 10A to 10C show an XRD measurement result and an electron beam diffraction pattern of the metal oxide film.
- FIGS. 11A to 11C show XRD measurement results and electron diffraction patterns of the metal oxide film.
- 12A to 12C show XRD measurement results and electron diffraction patterns of the metal oxide film.
- FIG. 13A and 13B show electron diffraction patterns.
- FIG. 14 illustrates a line profile of an electron diffraction pattern.
- FIG. 15 is a conceptual diagram illustrating the line profile of the electron diffraction pattern, the relative luminance R of the line profile, and the half width of the spectrum.
- 16A1, 16A2, 16B1, and 16B2 show an electron beam diffraction pattern and a luminance profile.
- 17A1, 17A2, 17B1, and 17B2 show an electron beam diffraction pattern and a luminance profile.
- 18A1, 18A2, 18B1, and 18B2 show an electron diffraction pattern and a luminance profile.
- FIG. 19 shows the relative luminance estimated from the electron diffraction pattern of the metal oxide film.
- 20A and 20B show a cross-sectional TEM image of the metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 21A and 21B show a cross-sectional TEM image of a metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 22A and 22B show a cross-sectional TEM image of the metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 23A and 23B show a cross-sectional TEM image of the metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 24A and 24B show a cross-sectional TEM image of the metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 25A and 25B show a cross-sectional TEM image of the metal oxide film and a cross-sectional TEM image after image analysis.
- 26A to 26C show the SIMS measurement results of the metal oxide film.
- 27A to 27C show the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor.
- 28A and 28B show the on-state current and S value of the transistor.
- FIG. 29 shows the GBT test results of the transistor.
- 30A to 30C show the Id-Vd characteristics of the transistor.
- FIG. 31 shows the Id-Vg characteristic.
- FIG. 32 shows the Id-Vg characteristic.
- FIG. 33 shows the calculation result of the interface state density.
- 34A and 34B show the Id-Vg characteristics.
- FIG. 35 shows the calculation result of the defect level density.
- FIG. 36 shows CPM measurement results.
- FIG. 37 shows CPM measurement results.
- FIG. 38 shows CPM measurement results.
- 39A to 39C illustrate the range of the atomic ratio of the oxide semiconductor film.
- FIG. 40 illustrates a crystal of InMZnO 4 .
- FIG. 41 illustrates an energy band in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region.
- 42A to 42C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 43A to 43C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 44A and 44B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 45A and 45B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 46A and 46B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 47A and 47B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 48A and 48B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 49A and 49B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 50A and 50B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 51A and 51B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 52A and 52B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 53A to 53C each illustrate the band structure.
- 54A to 54C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 55A to 55C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 56A to 56C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 57A to 57C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 58A and 58B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 59A and 59B are cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- 60A to 60C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 61 illustrates a cross section of a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 62 illustrates a cross section of a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 63 illustrates a cross section of a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 64 is a top view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- FIG. 65 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- FIG. 66 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- 68A to 68D are cross-sectional views illustrating a method for manufacturing an EL layer.
- FIG. 69 is a conceptual diagram illustrating a droplet discharge device.
- FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- 71 is a cross-sectional view illustrating one embodiment of a display device.
- 72A to 72C are a top view and cross-sectional views illustrating a semiconductor device.
- FIG. 73 illustrates a cross section of a semiconductor device.
- 74A to 74C are a block diagram and a circuit diagram illustrating a display device.
- 75A to 75C are a circuit diagram and a timing chart for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 76A to 76C are graphs and circuit diagrams for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 77A and 77B are a circuit diagram and a timing chart for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 78A and 78B are a circuit diagram and a timing chart for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 79A to 79E are a block diagram, a circuit diagram, and a waveform diagram for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 80A and 80B are a circuit diagram and a timing chart for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- 81A and 81B are circuit diagrams for illustrating one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 82A to 82C are circuit diagrams for describing one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 83 illustrates the display module.
- 84A to 84E illustrate an electronic device.
- 85A to 85G illustrate an electronic device.
- 86A and 86B are perspective views illustrating a display device.
- FIG. 87 shows a display example of the display device in the embodiment.
- FIG. 88 shows the measurement results of the XRD spectrum of the sample.
- 89A to 89L show a TEM image and an electron diffraction pattern of the sample.
- 90A to 90C are diagrams for explaining EDX mapping of a sample.
- a transistor is an element having at least three terminals including a gate, a drain, and a source.
- a channel region is provided between the drain (drain terminal, drain region or drain electrode) and the source (source terminal, source region or source electrode), and a current flows through the drain, channel region, and source. It is something that can be done.
- a channel region refers to a region through which a current mainly flows.
- the functions of the source and drain may be switched when transistors with different polarities are used or when the direction of current changes during circuit operation. Therefore, in this specification and the like, the terms source and drain can be used interchangeably.
- “electrically connected” includes a case of being connected via “something having an electric action”.
- the “thing having some electric action” is not particularly limited as long as it can exchange electric signals between connection targets.
- “thing having some electric action” includes electrodes, wiring, switching elements such as transistors, resistance elements, inductors, capacitors, and other elements having various functions.
- parallel means a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of ⁇ 10 ° to 10 °. Therefore, the case of ⁇ 5 ° to 5 ° is also included.
- Very refers to a state in which two straight lines are arranged at an angle of 80 ° to 100 °. Therefore, the case of 85 ° to 95 ° is also included.
- film and “layer” can be interchanged.
- conductive layer may be changed to the term “conductive film”.
- insulating film may be changed to the term “insulating layer” in some cases.
- off-state current refers to drain current when a transistor is off (also referred to as a non-conduction state or a cutoff state).
- the off state is a state where the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth in the n-channel transistor, and the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source in the p-channel transistor unless otherwise specified. Is higher than the threshold voltage Vth.
- the off-state current of an n-channel transistor sometimes refers to a drain current when the voltage Vgs between the gate and the source is lower than the threshold voltage Vth.
- the transistor off current may depend on Vgs. Therefore, the off-state current of the transistor being I or less sometimes means that there exists a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is I or less.
- the off-state current of a transistor may refer to an off-state current in an off state at a predetermined Vgs, an off state in a Vgs within a predetermined range, or an off state in Vgs at which a sufficiently reduced off current is obtained.
- the drain current when Vgs is 0.5 V is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 A
- the drain current when Vgs is 0.1 V is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 13 A.
- the n-channel transistor has a drain current of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A when Vgs is ⁇ 0.5 V and a drain current of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A when Vgs is ⁇ 0.8 V. Since the drain current of the transistor is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 19 A or less when Vgs is ⁇ 0.5 V or Vgs is in the range of ⁇ 0.5 V to ⁇ 0.8 V, the off-state current of the transistor is 1 It may be said that it is below x10 ⁇ -19> A. Since there is Vgs at which the drain current of the transistor is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A or less, the off-state current of the transistor may be 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 22 A or less.
- the off-state current of a transistor having a channel width W may be represented by a current value flowing around the channel width W.
- the current value flows around a predetermined channel width (for example, 1 ⁇ m).
- the unit of off-current may be represented by a unit having a dimension of current / length (for example, A / ⁇ m).
- Transistor off-state current may depend on temperature.
- off-state current may represent off-state current at room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., or 125 ° C. unless otherwise specified.
- the off-state current of a transistor is I or less means that room temperature, 60 ° C., 85 ° C., 95 ° C., 125 ° C., a temperature at which the reliability of the semiconductor device including the transistor is guaranteed, or the transistor is included. There may be a case where there is a value of Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is equal to or lower than I at a temperature at which the semiconductor device or the like is used (for example, any one temperature of 5 ° C. to 35 ° C.).
- the off-state current of the transistor may depend on the voltage Vds between the drain and the source.
- the off-state current is Vds of 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V unless otherwise specified. Or an off-current at 20V.
- Vds in which reliability of a semiconductor device or the like including the transistor is guaranteed, or an off-current in Vds used in the semiconductor device or the like including the transistor may be represented.
- the off-state current of the transistor is equal to or less than I.
- Vds is 0.1V, 0.8V, 1V, 1.2V, 1.8V, 2.5V, 3V, 3.3V, 10V, 12V, 16V, 20V
- Vgs at which the off-state current of the transistor is less than or equal to Vds at which Vds guarantees the reliability of the semiconductor device including the transistor or Vds used in the semiconductor device or the like including the transistor. May be pointed to.
- the drain may be read as the source. That is, the off-state current sometimes refers to a current that flows through the source when the transistor is off.
- off-state current may refer to current that flows between a source and a drain when a transistor is off, for example.
- the threshold voltage of a transistor refers to a gate voltage (Vg) when a channel is formed in the transistor.
- the threshold voltage of a transistor is a maximum slope in a curve (Vg- ⁇ Id characteristic) in which the gate voltage (Vg) is plotted on the horizontal axis and the square root of the drain current (Id) is plotted on the vertical axis.
- Vg- ⁇ Id characteristic a curve in which the gate voltage (Vg) is plotted on the horizontal axis and the square root of the drain current (Id) is plotted on the vertical axis.
- a gate voltage (Vg) at the intersection of a straight line obtained by extrapolating a certain tangent and the square root of the drain current (Id) is 0 (Id is 0 A) may be indicated.
- the threshold voltage of the transistor is a gate in which the channel length is L, the channel width is W, and the value of Id [A] ⁇ L [ ⁇ m] / W [ ⁇ m] is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 9 [A]. It may refer to voltage (Vg).
- the “semiconductor” in this specification and the like can be called an “insulator” in some cases.
- an “insulator” in this specification and the like can be called a “semiconductor” in some cases.
- the “insulator” in this specification and the like can be referred to as a “semi-insulator” in some cases.
- the semiconductor device may have characteristics as a “conductor”. Further, the boundary between the “semiconductor” and the “conductor” is ambiguous, and there are cases where it cannot be strictly distinguished. Therefore, a “semiconductor” in this specification and the like can be called a “conductor” in some cases. Similarly, a “conductor” in this specification and the like can be called a “semiconductor” in some cases.
- a semiconductor impurity refers to an element other than a main component constituting a semiconductor film.
- an element having a concentration of less than 0.1 atomic% is an impurity.
- DOS Density of State
- examples of impurities that change the characteristics of the semiconductor include a Group 1 element, a Group 2 element, a Group 13 element, a Group 14 element, a Group 15 element, and components other than the main component.
- Transition metals and the like in particular, hydrogen (also included in water), lithium, sodium, silicon, boron, phosphorus, carbon, nitrogen, and the like.
- oxygen vacancies may be formed by mixing impurities such as hydrogen, for example.
- impurities that change the characteristics of the semiconductor include Group 1 elements, Group 2 elements, Group 13 elements, and Group 15 elements other than oxygen and hydrogen.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a metal oxide film including two kinds of crystal parts.
- One of the crystal parts also referred to as the first crystal part
- has orientation in the thickness direction of the film also referred to as a film surface direction, a film formation surface, or a direction perpendicular to the film surface
- c It is a crystal part having axial orientation.
- Another of the crystal parts (also referred to as a second crystal part) is a crystal part that does not have c-axis orientation and is oriented in various directions.
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention includes such two kinds of crystal parts.
- the crystal part having c-axis orientation is described separately from the first crystal part, and the crystal part not having c-axis orientation is described separately from the second crystal part.
- these may not be distinguished because there is no difference in crystallinity and crystal size. That is, the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention can be expressed without distinction.
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention includes a plurality of crystal parts, and at least one of the crystal parts in the film may have c-axis orientation. Further, among the crystal parts present in the film, the ratio of the crystal parts not having c-axis orientation may be larger than the ratio of the crystal parts having c-axis orientation.
- a plurality of crystal parts are observed in an observation image with a transmission electron microscope in a cross-section in the film thickness direction, and the c-axis orientation among the plurality of crystal parts.
- the second crystal part having no property is observed more than the first crystal part having the c-axis orientation.
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention has a large proportion of the second crystal part which does not have c-axis orientation.
- the following excellent effects can be obtained by increasing the ratio of the second crystal part having no c-axis orientation in the metal oxide film.
- the second crystal part having no c-axis orientation can be an oxygen diffusion path. Therefore, when there is a sufficient oxygen supply source in the vicinity of the metal oxide film, oxygen is supplied to the first crystal part having c-axis orientation through the second crystal part having no c-axis orientation. Can be supplied. Therefore, the amount of oxygen vacancies in the metal oxide film can be reduced.
- the specific crystal plane has orientation with respect to the thickness direction of the film. Therefore, when X-ray diffraction (XRD) measurement is performed on the metal oxide film including the first crystal part in a direction substantially perpendicular to the upper surface of the film, the first diffraction crystal is obtained at a predetermined diffraction angle (2 ⁇ ). A diffraction peak derived from the crystal part 1 is confirmed. On the other hand, even if the metal oxide film has the first crystal part, a diffraction peak may not be sufficiently confirmed due to scattering of X-rays by the support substrate or an increase in background. Note that the height (intensity) of the diffraction peak increases in accordance with the presence ratio of the first crystal portion included in the metal oxide film, and can be an index for estimating the crystallinity of the metal oxide film.
- XRD X-ray diffraction
- electron diffraction is one method for evaluating the crystallinity of a metal oxide film. For example, when an electron beam diffraction measurement is performed on a cross section and an electron beam diffraction pattern of the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention is observed, the first region having a diffraction spot due to the first crystal portion, And a second region having a diffraction spot due to the two crystal parts.
- the first region having a diffraction spot due to the first crystal part is derived from the crystal part having c-axis orientation.
- the second region having a diffraction spot due to the second crystal part is derived from a crystal part having no orientation or a crystal part that is disorderly oriented in any direction. Therefore, different patterns may be observed depending on the beam diameter of the electron beam used for electron beam diffraction, that is, the area of the region to be observed.
- electron beam diffraction in which the beam diameter of an electron beam is measured from 1 nm ⁇ to 100 nm ⁇ is referred to as nano beam electron diffraction (NBED: Nano Beam Electron Diffraction).
- the crystallinity of the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention may be evaluated by a method different from that of NBED.
- the method for evaluating the crystallinity of the metal oxide film include electron diffraction, X-ray diffraction, and neutron diffraction.
- electron diffractions in addition to the NBED shown above, transmission electron microscope (TEM: Transmission Electron Microscopy), scanning electron microscope (SEM: Scanning Electron Microscopy), convergent electron diffraction (CBED: Convergent Electron Limit) Field electron diffraction (SAED: Selected Area Electron Diffraction) or the like can be suitably used.
- a ring-shaped pattern is observed in the nanobeam electron diffraction pattern under the condition that the beam diameter of the electron beam is increased (for example, 25 nm ⁇ to 100 nm ⁇ or 50 nm ⁇ to 100 nm ⁇ ).
- the ring-shaped pattern may have a luminance distribution in the radial direction.
- in NBED in an electron beam diffraction pattern under a condition that the beam diameter of the electron beam is sufficiently small (for example, 1 nm ⁇ to 10 nm ⁇ ), distribution is performed in the circumferential direction (also referred to as ⁇ direction) at the position of the ring-shaped pattern. Multiple spots may be observed. That is, a ring-shaped pattern that can be seen under the condition that the beam diameter of the electron beam is increased is formed by an aggregate of the plurality of spots.
- Sample A1 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the metal oxide film includes indium, gallium, and zinc.
- the ratio of the oxygen flow rate to the total gas flow rate described above may be referred to as an oxygen flow rate ratio. Note that the oxygen flow rate ratio in the production conditions of the sample A1 is 30%.
- Sample A2 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the substrate was heated to 170 ° C., and argon gas with a flow rate of 180 sccm and oxygen gas with a flow rate of 20 sccm were introduced into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus.
- the oxygen flow rate ratio under the production conditions of sample A2 is 10%. Note that the conditions other than the oxygen flow rate ratio were the same as those of the sample A1 described above.
- Sample A3 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the substrate was heated to 130 ° C., and argon gas with a flow rate of 180 sccm and oxygen gas with a flow rate of 20 sccm were introduced into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus.
- the oxygen flow rate ratio under the production conditions of sample A3 is 10%.
- the conditions other than the substrate temperature and the oxygen flow rate ratio were the same as those of the sample A1 described above.
- Sample A4 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the substrate was heated to 100 ° C., and argon gas with a flow rate of 180 sccm and oxygen gas with a flow rate of 20 sccm were introduced into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus.
- the oxygen flow rate ratio under the production conditions of Sample A4 is 10%.
- the conditions other than the substrate temperature and the oxygen flow rate ratio were the same as those of the sample A1 described above.
- Sample A5 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the substrate was heated to 70 ° C., and argon gas with a flow rate of 180 sccm and oxygen gas with a flow rate of 20 sccm were introduced into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus.
- the oxygen flow rate ratio under the production conditions of Sample A5 is 10%.
- the conditions other than the substrate temperature and the oxygen flow rate ratio were the same as those of the sample A1 described above.
- Sample A6 is a sample in which a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm is formed on a glass substrate.
- the substrate was set at room temperature (for example, 20 ° C. or higher and 30 ° C. or lower, and the room temperature is described as RT in Table 1), argon gas with a flow rate of 180 sccm, It was formed by introducing 20 sccm of oxygen gas into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus.
- the oxygen flow rate ratio under the production conditions of Sample A6 is 10%.
- the conditions other than the substrate temperature and the oxygen flow rate ratio were the same as those of the sample A1 described above.
- Table 1 shows the manufacturing conditions of Samples A1 to A6.
- FIGS. 1A to 6C show cross-sectional TEM observation results of samples A1 to A6.
- 1A and 1B are cross-sectional TEM images of the sample A1
- FIGS. 2A and 2B are cross-sectional TEM images of the sample A2
- FIGS. 3A and 3B are cross-sectional TEM images of the sample A3
- FIGS. 4A and 4B are samples.
- FIGS. 5A and 5B are cross-sectional TEM images of sample A5
- FIGS. 6A and 6B are cross-sectional TEM images of sample A6.
- FIG. 1C is a high-resolution transmission electron microscope (HR-TEM) image of the cross section of the sample A1
- FIG. 2C is a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of the sample A2
- FIG. 3C is a cross section of the sample A3.
- 4C is a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of sample A4
- FIG. 5C is a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of sample A5
- FIG. 6C is a cross-sectional HR-TEM image of sample A6.
- a spherical aberration correction function may be used for observation of the cross-sectional HR-TEM image.
- a high-resolution TEM image using the spherical aberration correction function is particularly referred to as a Cs-corrected high-resolution TEM image.
- the Cs-corrected high resolution TEM image can be observed, for example, with an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope JEM-ARM200F manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
- FIG. 7A shows the XRD measurement result of sample A1
- FIG. 8A shows the XRD measurement result of sample A2
- FIG. 9A shows the XRD measurement result of sample A3
- FIG. 10A shows the XRD measurement result of sample A4, and
- FIG. 12A The XRD measurement result is shown in FIG. 12A, and the XRD measurement result of sample A6 is shown.
- a powder method (also referred to as a ⁇ -2 ⁇ method), which is a kind of out-of-plane method, was used.
- the ⁇ -2 ⁇ method is a method of measuring the X-ray diffraction intensity by changing the incident angle of the X-ray and setting the angle of the detector provided facing the X-ray source to be the same as the incident angle.
- GIXRD Gram-Incidence XRD
- GIXRD is a kind of out-of-plane method in which X-rays are incident from the film surface at an angle of about 0.40 ° and the X-ray diffraction intensity is measured by changing the angle of the detector.
- Method also referred to as a thin film method or a Seemann-Bohlin method
- Method also referred to as a thin film method or a Seemann-Bohlin method
- the vertical axis indicates the diffraction intensity in arbitrary units
- the horizontal axis indicates the angle 2 ⁇ .
- the thickness of the sample in the depth direction is, for example, 10 nm to 100 nm, typically 10 nm to 50 nm.
- FIGS. 7B and 7C show the electron diffraction pattern of sample A1
- FIGS. 8B and 8C show the electron diffraction pattern of sample A2
- FIGS. 9B and 9C show the electron diffraction pattern of sample A3
- FIGS. 10B and 10C show the sample A4.
- An electron beam diffraction pattern, FIGS. 11B and 11C show an electron beam diffraction pattern of sample A5, and FIGS. 12B and 12C show an electron beam diffraction pattern of sample A6, respectively.
- FIGS. 8B and 8C, FIGS. 9B and 9C, FIGS. 10B and 10C, FIGS. 11B and 11C, and FIGS. 12B and 12C the electron diffraction patterns are made clear. This is image data with adjusted contrast. 7B and 7C, FIGS. 8B and 8C, FIGS. 9B and 9C, FIGS. 10B and 10C, FIGS. 11B and 11C, and FIGS. 12B and 12C, the brightest bright spot in the center is due to the incident electron beam. Yes, it is the center of the electron diffraction pattern (also called direct spot or transmitted wave).
- FIG. 7B when the beam diameter of the incident electron beam is set to 1 nm ⁇ , a plurality of spots distributed in a circumferential shape are seen, so that the metal oxide film of the sample A1 is extremely small. Further, it can be seen that a plurality of crystal parts having plane orientations oriented in all directions are mixed. Further, as shown in FIG. 7C, when the beam diameter of the incident electron beam is 100 nm ⁇ , the diffraction spots from the plurality of crystal parts are connected, and the luminance is averaged to form a ring-shaped diffraction pattern. I can confirm. In FIG. 7C, two ring-shaped diffraction patterns having different radii can be observed.
- the first ring and the second ring are referred to from the diffraction pattern having a small diameter. It can be confirmed that the brightness of the first ring is higher than that of the second ring. In addition, two spots (first areas) with high luminance are confirmed at positions overlapping the first ring.
- the radial distance from the center of the first ring substantially coincides with the radial distance from the center of the diffraction spot on the (009) plane in the structural model of single crystal InGaZnO 4 . Further, the first region is a diffraction spot due to the c-axis orientation.
- a crystal part (hereinafter referred to as c-axis orientation property) oriented in any direction is included in the metal oxide film of sample A1. It can also be said that there is a crystal part that is not present or a second crystal part).
- the two first regions are arranged symmetrically with respect to the center point of the electron beam diffraction pattern and have the same luminance, it is presumed that the two first regions have a two-fold symmetry.
- the direction of the straight line connecting the two first regions and the center is the direction of the c-axis of the crystal part. Match.
- the vertical direction is the film thickness direction, it can be seen that there is a crystal part in which the c-axis is oriented in the film thickness direction in the metal oxide film of Sample A1.
- the metal oxide film of the sample A1 is a film in which a crystal part having c-axis orientation and a crystal part not having c-axis orientation are mixed.
- FIGS. 8B and 8C, FIGS. 9B and 9C, FIGS. 10B and 10C, FIGS. 11B and 11C, and FIGS. 12B and 12C are almost the same as the electron diffraction patterns shown in FIGS. 7B and 7C.
- the brightness of the two spots (first regions) due to the c-axis orientation is the brightest in the sample A1, darker in the order of the sample A2, the sample A3, the sample A4, the sample A5, and the sample A6.
- the existence ratio of the crystal part having the orientation is the highest in the sample A1, and decreases in the order of the sample A2, the sample A3, the sample A4, the sample A5, and the sample A6.
- FIG. 13A is an electron beam diffraction pattern measured with a beam diameter of 100 nm with respect to a metal oxide film having a thickness of 100 nm
- FIG. 13B is obtained by adjusting the contrast of the electron beam diffraction pattern shown in FIG. 13A. It is the obtained electron beam diffraction pattern.
- FIG. 13B two clear spots (first regions) are observed above and below the direct spot. These two spots (first regions) are caused by a diffraction spot corresponding to the (00l) plane in the structural model of InGaZnO 4 , that is, a crystal part having c-axis orientation.
- a ring-like pattern (second region) with low luminance appears to overlap with the first region approximately concentrically. This is because the spot due to the structure of the crystal part (second crystal part) having no c-axis orientation is averaged and formed into a ring shape by setting the electron beam diameter to 100 nm.
- the crystallinity of the metal oxide film can be quantified by acquiring and comparing the line profile including the first region and the line profile including the second region.
- FIG. 14 shows a region AA ′, a region BB ′, and a region CC ′ in a simulation pattern of electron beam diffraction obtained when the (100) plane of the structural model of InGaZnO 4 is irradiated with an electron beam. It is the figure which attached the auxiliary line of.
- the region A-A ′ shown in FIG. 14 includes a straight line passing through two diffraction spots caused by the first crystal part having c-axis orientation and a direct spot. Further, the region BB ′ and the region CC ′ shown in FIG. 14 each include a straight line passing through a region where a diffraction spot due to the first crystal part having c-axis orientation is not observed and a direct spot. .
- the angle at which the region AA ′ and the region BB ′ or the region CC ′ intersect is around 34 °, specifically, 30 ° to 38 °, preferably 32 ° to 36 °, More preferably, the angle may be not less than 33 ° and not more than 35 °.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating an image diagram of a line profile for each structure, a relative luminance R, and a half width of a spectrum (FWHM: Full Width at Half Maximum) resulting from the c-axis orientation obtained from the electron diffraction pattern. .
- the relative luminance R shown in FIG. 15 is a value obtained by dividing the integrated luminance intensity in the region AA ′ by the integrated luminance intensity in the region BB ′ or the integrated luminance intensity in the region CC ′. is there.
- the integrated intensity of luminance in the areas AA ′, BB ′, and CC ′ is obtained by removing the direct spot appearing at the center position and the background caused by the direct spot. It is.
- the strength of the c-axis orientation can be defined quantitatively. For example, as shown in FIG. 15, in the single crystal metal oxide film, the peak intensity of the diffraction spot due to the first crystal part having the c-axis orientation in the region AA ′ is high, and the region BB Since the diffraction spot due to the first crystal part having the c-axis orientation is not seen in 'and the region CC', the relative luminance R exceeds 1 and becomes extremely large.
- the relative luminance R is highest in the single crystal metal oxide film, and only CAAC (details of CAAC will be described later) decreases in the order of CAAC + nanocrystal, nanocrystal metal oxide film, and amorphous metal oxide film. .
- the relative luminance R is 1 in a nanocrystalline metal oxide film and an amorphous metal oxide film having no specific orientation.
- the full width at half maximum of the single crystal metal oxide film is the smallest, the full width at half maximum increases in the order of CAAC only, CAAC + nanocrystal, and nanocrystal metal oxide film.
- the full width at half maximum is extremely large. It becomes a profile called halo.
- the intensity ratio of the integrated intensity of the luminance in the first region to the integrated intensity of the luminance in the second region is important information in estimating the existence ratio of the crystal part having orientation.
- FIGS. 16A1 and 16A2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A1
- FIGS. 16B1 and 16B2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A2
- FIGS. 17A1 and 17A2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A3.
- 17B1 and 17B2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A4
- FIGS. 18A1 and 18A2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A5
- FIGS. 18B1 and 18B2 show the analysis results using the line profile of the sample A6. Respectively.
- FIG. 16A1 is an electron beam diffraction pattern in which the region AA ′, the region BB ′, and the region CC ′ are described in the electron beam diffraction pattern illustrated in FIG. 7C.
- FIG. 16B1 is illustrated in FIG.
- FIG. 17A1 is an electron beam diffraction pattern in which a region AA ′, a region BB ′, and a region CC ′ are described in the electron beam diffraction pattern shown in FIG.
- FIG. 17B1 is an electron diffraction pattern describing A ′, region BB ′, and region CC ′, and FIG. 17B1 shows region AA ′, region BB ′, FIG.
- FIG. 18A1 describes the region AA ′, the region BB ′, and the region CC ′ in the electron beam diffraction pattern shown in FIG. 11C.
- FIG. 18B1 is an electron diffraction pattern, and FIG. Region A-A in to the electron beam diffraction pattern ', the region B-B', and an electron beam diffraction pattern that describes the region C-C '.
- the area A-A ′, the area B-B ′, and the area C-C ′ can be obtained by normalizing with the brightness of the direct spot appearing at the center position of the electron diffraction pattern. This also allows a relative comparison between the samples.
- the background luminance may be calculated by linear approximation. For example, a region located on the lower luminance side than a straight line drawn along the skirts on both sides of the target peak can be subtracted as the background.
- the integrated intensity of luminance in the region A-A ′, the region B-B ′, and the region C-C ′ was calculated from the data obtained by subtracting the background by the above-described method.
- a value obtained by dividing the integrated luminance intensity in the region A-A ′ by the integrated luminance intensity in the region B-B ′ or the integrated luminance intensity in the region C-C ′ was obtained as the relative luminance R.
- FIG. 19 shows the relative luminance R of the samples A1 to A6.
- the integrated intensity of the luminance in the region AA ′ is shown in the peaks located on the left and right of the direct spot in the luminance profiles shown in FIGS. 16A2 and 16B2, 17A2 and 17B2, and 18A2 and 18B2.
- a value obtained by dividing the integral intensity of luminance in the region BB ′ and a value obtained by dividing the integral intensity of luminance in the region AA ′ by the integral intensity of luminance in the region CC ′ were obtained.
- the relative luminance R of the samples A1 to A6 is as shown below.
- -Relative luminance R of sample A1 25.00
- -Relative luminance R of sample A2 9.55
- -Relative luminance R of the sample A3 3.04
- -Relative luminance R of sample A4 1.60
- -Relative luminance R of sample A5 1.32.
- -Relative luminance R of sample A6 1.05
- the above-mentioned relative luminance R is an average value at four positions.
- the relative luminance R is highest in the sample A1, and decreases in the order of the sample A2, the sample A3, the sample A4, the sample A5, and the sample A6.
- the relative luminance R is more than 1 and 40 or less, preferably more than 1 and 10 or less, more preferably 1 It is preferable to use a metal oxide film that exceeds 3 and is 3 or less.
- Presence ratio of crystal part The existence ratio of the crystal part in the metal oxide film can be estimated by analyzing the cross-sectional TEM image.
- a two-dimensional fast Fourier transform (FFT: Fast Fourier Transform) process is performed on a TEM image captured at a high resolution to obtain an FFT image.
- FFT Fast Fourier Transform
- the obtained FFT image is subjected to a mask process that leaves a range having periodicity and removes the rest.
- the masked FFT image is then subjected to a two-dimensional inverse Fourier transform (IFFT: Inverse Fast Fourier Transform) to obtain an FFT filtered image.
- IFFT Inverse Fast Fourier Transform
- the existence ratio of the crystal part can be estimated from the ratio of the area of the remaining image. Further, by subtracting the area of the remaining image from the area of the region used for the calculation (also referred to as the area of the original image), it is possible to estimate the existence ratio of the portion other than the crystal part.
- FIG. 20A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A1, and FIG. 20B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A1.
- FIG. 21A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A2, and FIG. 21B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A2.
- FIG. 22A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A3, and FIG. 22B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A3.
- FIG. 23A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A4, and FIG. 23B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A4.
- FIG. 24A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A5, and FIG.
- FIG. 24B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A5.
- FIG. 25A shows a cross-sectional TEM image of sample A6, and
- FIG. 25B shows an image obtained after image analysis of the cross-sectional TEM image of sample A6.
- the white area in the metal oxide film corresponds to the area including the crystal part having orientation, and the black area does not have orientation. This corresponds to a crystal part or a region including a crystal part oriented in various directions.
- the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal part having orientation in the sample A1 was about 43.1%. Further, from the result shown in FIG. 21B, the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal part having orientation in the sample A2 was about 47.1%. Further, from the result shown in FIG. 22B, the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal part having orientation in the sample A3 was about 61.7%. Further, from the result shown in FIG. 23B, the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal part having orientation in the sample A4 was about 76.5%. From the results shown in FIG. 24B, the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal portion having orientation in the sample A5 was about 82.0%. From the results shown in FIG. 25B, the ratio of the portion excluding the region including the crystal part having orientation in the sample A6 was about 89.5%.
- the metal oxide film is a film having extremely high crystallinity. It is preferable because oxygen vacancies are difficult to make and electrical characteristics are very stable.
- the ratio of the portion excluding the crystal part having orientation in the metal oxide film is 40% or more and less than 100%, preferably 60% or more and 90% or less, the metal oxide film has orientation.
- the crystal part which has and the crystal part which does not have orientation coexist in a moderate ratio, and it can make electrical characteristics stable and high mobility compatible.
- LGBR Lateral Growth Buffer Region
- samples B1 to B3 were produced.
- a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 50 nm was formed on a glass substrate by a method similar to that of the sample A1 described above. Subsequently, a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 30 nm, a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 100 nm, and a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 20 nm are stacked over the metal oxide film by a plasma CVD method.
- a metal oxide film may be described as OS and a silicon oxynitride film may be described as GI.
- an In—Sn—Si oxide film having a thickness of 5 nm was formed by a sputtering method.
- oxygen addition treatment was performed on the silicon oxynitride film.
- oxygen addition conditions using an ashing apparatus, a substrate temperature of 40 ° C., and an oxygen gas (16 O) of the flow rate 150 sccm, and a flow rate 100sccm oxygen gas (18 O) is introduced into the chamber, 15 Pa pressure Then, RF power of 4500 W was supplied for 600 seconds between parallel plate electrodes installed in the ashing device so that a bias was applied to the substrate side. Note that oxygen gas ( 16 O) was contained in the silicon oxynitride film at a main component level, and thus oxygen gas ( 18 O) was used to accurately measure the oxygen added by the oxygen addition treatment. .
- a silicon nitride film having a thickness of about 100 nm was formed by a plasma CVD method.
- Sample B2 is a sample manufactured by changing the film formation conditions of the metal oxide film from Sample B1.
- a metal oxide film with a thickness of about 50 nm was formed by the same method as Sample A3 described above.
- Sample B3 is a sample manufactured by making the film formation conditions of the metal oxide film different from those of Sample B1.
- a metal oxide film with a thickness of about 50 nm was formed by a method similar to that for Sample A6 described above.
- Samples B1 to B3 were prepared by the above process.
- SIMS analysis For samples B1 to B3, the concentration of 18 O was measured by SIMS (Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry) analysis. Note that in SIMS analysis, the above-prepared samples B1 to B3 were not subjected to heat treatment, the samples B1 to B3 were subjected to heat treatment at 350 ° C. for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere, and the samples B1 to B3 were subjected to nitrogen atmosphere. Under these conditions, the following three conditions were set: 450 ° C. and 1 hour heat treatment.
- FIGS. 26A to 26C show the SIMS measurement results.
- 26A to 26C show the analysis results of the region including GI and OS.
- 26A to 26C show the results of analysis from the substrate side (also referred to as SSDP (Substrate Side Depth Profile) -SIMS).
- substrate side also referred to as SSDP (Substrate Side Depth Profile) -SIMS.
- the gray broken line is a profile under conditions where heat treatment is not performed
- the black broken line is a profile under conditions where heat treatment is performed at 350 ° C.
- the black solid line is subjected to heat treatment at 450 ° C. It is a profile of the condition.
- a metal oxide film in which a crystal part having orientation and a crystal part not having orientation are mixed and the ratio of the crystal part having orientation is low is a film that easily transmits oxygen, in other words, It can be confirmed that the film easily diffuses oxygen. Further, it can be confirmed that oxygen in the GI film diffuses into the OS by performing heat treatment at 350 ° C. or 450 ° C.
- LGBR regions other than crystal parts
- LGBR cross-sectional observation image
- oxygen released from the oxide film diffuses in the thickness direction of the metal oxide film by LGBR. Then, oxygen can be supplied from the lateral direction to the crystal part having orientation through the LGBR. Thereby, oxygen is sufficiently distributed to the crystal part having the orientation of the metal oxide film and other regions, and oxygen vacancies in the film can be effectively reduced.
- a hydrogen atom that is not bonded to a metal atom is present in the metal oxide film, this may be bonded to an oxygen atom, and OH may be formed and immobilized. Therefore, the oxygen deficiency of the metal oxide film by depositing a low temperature fixed amount state where hydrogen atoms are trapped (referred to as V O H) to (V O) (for example, about 1 ⁇ 10 17 cm -3) By forming, OH is suppressed from being formed.
- V O H generates carriers, a certain amount of carriers are present in the metal oxide film. Thereby, a metal oxide film with an increased carrier density can be formed.
- oxygen vacancies are simultaneously formed during film formation, but the oxygen vacancies can be reduced by introducing oxygen through LGBR as described above. By such a method, a metal oxide film having a relatively high carrier density and sufficiently reduced oxygen vacancies can be formed.
- the region other than the crystal part having the orientation constitutes a very fine crystal part having no orientation at the time of film formation, no clear crystal grain boundary is observed in the metal oxide film.
- the extremely fine crystal part is located between a plurality of crystal parts having orientation.
- the fine crystal part grows in the lateral direction by heat at the time of film formation, and is bonded to an adjacent crystal part having orientation.
- the fine crystal part also functions as a region for generating carriers. Accordingly, it is considered that the field-effect mobility of the metal oxide film having such a structure can be remarkably improved by being applied to a transistor.
- etching treatment in an oxygen atmosphere after forming a metal oxide film and forming an oxide insulating film such as a silicon oxide film thereon.
- Such treatment can reduce the hydrogen concentration in addition to supplying oxygen into the film.
- fluorine remaining in the chamber may be doped into the metal oxide film at the same time. Fluorine exists as a negatively charged fluorine atom, and is combined with a positively charged hydrogen atom by Coulomb force to generate HF. HF is released out of the metal oxide film during the plasma treatment, and as a result, the hydrogen concentration in the metal oxide film can be reduced.
- oxygen atoms and hydrogen may be combined and released as H 2 O out of the film.
- a configuration in which a silicon oxide film (or silicon oxynitride film) is stacked on a metal oxide film is considered. Since fluorine in the silicon oxide film is bonded to hydrogen in the film and can exist as electrically neutral HF, it does not affect the electrical characteristics of the metal oxide film. In addition, although Si-F bond may arise, this also becomes electrically neutral. Further, it is considered that HF in the silicon oxide film does not affect oxygen diffusion.
- oxygen vacancies in the metal oxide film are reduced, and hydrogen that is not bonded to metal atoms in the film is reduced, so that reliability can be improved. Further, it is considered that the electrical characteristics are improved when the carrier concentration of the metal oxide film is a certain level or more.
- FIGS. 44A and 44B illustrated in Embodiment 2 As the structure of the transistor, the structure shown in FIGS. 44A and 44B illustrated in Embodiment 2 is used. Here, samples C1 to C3 having different semiconductor film formation conditions were manufactured.
- Samples C1 to C3 each have a transistor with a channel length L of 2 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 3 ⁇ m, a transistor with a channel length L of 2 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 20 ⁇ m, a channel length L of 3 ⁇ m, and a channel width W of A sample in which a total of five different sizes of transistors are formed: a 50 ⁇ m transistor, a transistor with a channel length L of 3 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 3 ⁇ m, a transistor with a channel length L of 6 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 50 ⁇ m. .
- a titanium film with a thickness of 10 nm and a copper film with a thickness of 100 nm were formed on a glass substrate using a sputtering apparatus. Subsequently, the conductive film was processed by a photolithography method.
- insulating films were formed on the substrate and the conductive film.
- the insulating film was continuously formed in a vacuum using a plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) apparatus.
- PECVD plasma enhanced chemical vapor deposition
- a silicon nitride film with a thickness of 50 nm, a silicon nitride film with a thickness of 300 nm, a silicon nitride film with a thickness of 50 nm, and a silicon oxynitride film with a thickness of 50 nm were used from the bottom.
- an oxide semiconductor film was formed over the insulating film, and the semiconductor layer was formed by processing the oxide semiconductor film into an island shape.
- the oxide semiconductor film an oxide semiconductor film with a thickness of 40 nm was formed.
- an insulating film was formed on the insulating film and the semiconductor layer.
- a 150 nm thick silicon oxynitride film was formed using a PECVD apparatus.
- heat treatment was performed.
- heat treatment was performed at 350 ° C. for 1 hour in a mixed gas atmosphere of nitrogen and oxygen.
- an opening was formed in a desired region of the insulating film.
- a dry etching method was used as a method for forming the opening.
- an oxide semiconductor film having a thickness of 100 nm was formed over the insulating film so as to cover the opening, and the oxide semiconductor film was processed into an island shape, whereby a conductive film was formed.
- the insulating film in contact with the lower side of the conductive film was processed to form the insulating film.
- an oxide semiconductor film having a thickness of 10 nm, a titanium nitride film having a thickness of 50 nm, and a copper film having a thickness of 100 nm were sequentially formed.
- the titanium nitride film and the copper film were formed using a sputtering apparatus.
- plasma treatment was performed on the oxide semiconductor film, the insulating film, and the conductive film.
- the plasma treatment was performed using a PECVD apparatus at a substrate temperature of 220 ° C. in a mixed gas atmosphere of argon gas and nitrogen gas.
- an insulating film was formed over the oxide semiconductor film, the insulating film, and the conductive film.
- a silicon nitride film with a thickness of 100 nm and a silicon oxynitride film with a thickness of 300 nm were stacked using a PECVD apparatus.
- a mask was formed on the formed insulating film, and an opening was formed in the insulating film using the mask.
- a conductive film was formed so as to fill the opening, and the conductive film was processed into an island shape, thereby forming a conductive film to be a source electrode and a drain electrode.
- a titanium film with a thickness of 10 nm and a copper film with a thickness of 100 nm were formed using a sputtering apparatus, respectively.
- an insulating film was formed over the insulating film and the conductive film.
- an acrylic photosensitive resin film having a thickness of 1.5 ⁇ m was used as the insulating film.
- Id-Vg characteristics of transistor Next, Id-Vg characteristics of the transistors C1 to C3 manufactured as described above were measured. In the Id-Vg characteristic, a transistor having a channel length L of 2 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 3 ⁇ m was measured.
- measurement conditions for the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor include a voltage applied to a conductive film functioning as a first gate electrode (hereinafter also referred to as a gate voltage (Vg)) and a conductive function functioning as a second gate electrode.
- the voltage (also referred to as Vbg) applied to the film was changed from -10V to + 10V in steps of 0.25V.
- a voltage applied to the conductive film functioning as the source electrode hereinafter also referred to as source voltage (Vs)
- source voltage (Vs) is 0 V (comm)
- drain voltage (Vd) also referred to as drain voltage (Vd)
- drain voltage (Vd) also referred to as 0.1V or 20V.
- 27A, 27B, and 27C show the Id-Vg characteristic results of Sample C1, Sample C2, and Sample C3, respectively.
- the first vertical axis represents Id (A)
- the second vertical axis represents field effect mobility ( ⁇ FE (cm 2 / Vs))
- the horizontal axis represents Vg (V).
- the samples C1 to C3 each have good electrical characteristics. Further, the field effect mobility is the highest in the sample C3, and decreases in the order of the sample C2 and the sample C1, and particularly in the sample C3, the tendency is remarkable in a low Vg range (for example, Vg is 5 V or less).
- a transistor using a metal oxide film including a crystal part having orientation and a crystal part not having orientation as a semiconductor layer in which a channel is formed which is one embodiment of the present invention, has a high electric field. It was confirmed that the effect mobility was shown. In particular, it was confirmed that a high field-effect mobility and a high drain current were exhibited under conditions where the gate voltage was low.
- the S value is a gate voltage required for the current (subthreshold current) between the source electrode and the drain electrode to increase by an order of magnitude. The smaller the S value, the slope of the subthreshold current with respect to the gate voltage. Is large and has excellent switching characteristics.
- FIG. 28A shows the measurement results of the on-state current of the transistors in each sample.
- the drain current was measured when the gate voltage Vg was 10 V and the drain voltage Vd was 5 V.
- FIG. 28B shows the measurement result of the S value of the transistor in each sample.
- the on-current is highest in the sample C3, and decreases in the order of the sample C2 and the sample C1.
- the S value is the smallest for the sample C3, and increases in the order of the sample C2 and the sample C1.
- the metal oxide film formed under the conditions of a low temperature and a low oxygen flow rate improves the oxygen permeability and increases the amount of oxygen diffused during the manufacturing process of the transistor. It can be seen that defects such as oxygen vacancies in the film and at the interface between the metal oxide film and the insulating film are reduced. It is suggested that the on-state current of the transistor is remarkably increased as a result of reducing the defect level density by such an effect.
- a transistor with improved on-state current can be suitably used for a switch capable of charging and discharging a capacitor at high speed.
- it can be suitably used for a demultiplexer circuit or the like.
- a demultiplexer circuit is a circuit that divides one input signal into two or more signals and outputs the divided signals.
- GBT Test Gate Bias-Thermal Stress Test
- the GBT test conditions in this embodiment are as follows: gate voltage (Vg) is ⁇ 30 V, drain voltage (Vd) and source voltage (Vs) are 0 V (COMMON), stress temperature is 60 ° C., and stress is applied.
- the time was 1 hour, and the measurement environment was two environments: a dark environment and a light irradiation environment (irradiating light of about 10,000 lx with a white LED). That is, the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor were set to the same potential, and a potential different from that of the source electrode and the drain electrode was applied to the gate electrode for a certain time (here, 1 hour).
- plus GBT is PBTS (Positive Bias Temperature Stress)
- minus GBT is NBTS (Negative Bias Temperature Stress)
- plus GBT Light Irradiation
- PBITS PositSlitter
- Minus GBT light irradiation
- NBITS Negative Bias Illumination Temperature Stress
- the GBT test results of samples C1 to C3 are shown in FIG. In FIG. 29, the vertical axis indicates the amount of change in threshold voltage ( ⁇ Vth) of the transistor, and the horizontal axis indicates the name of each sample.
- the transistors included in Samples C1 to C3 had a threshold voltage change amount ( ⁇ Vth) within ⁇ 2 V in the GBT test. Therefore, it can be seen that the transistors included in the samples C1 to C3 have high reliability.
- FIG. 30A shows the Id-Vd characteristic of the sample C1
- FIG. 30B shows the Id-Vd characteristic of the sample C2
- FIG. 30C shows the Id-Vd characteristic of the sample C3. Note that for the evaluation of the Id-Vd characteristics, transistors having a channel length L of 3 ⁇ m and a channel width W of 3 ⁇ m formed in the samples C1 to C3 were used.
- the shallow defect level of metal oxide (hereinafter also referred to as sDOS) can be estimated from the electrical characteristics of a transistor using the metal oxide film as a semiconductor film.
- the following evaluates the density of interface state of the transistor, in addition to the density of the interface states, when considering the number of electrons N trap trapped in interface states, a method for predicting the subthreshold leakage current .
- the number of electrons trapped in the interface state N trap is, for example, a comparison between the measured value of the drain current-gate voltage (Id-Vg) characteristic of the transistor and the calculated value of the drain current-gate voltage (Id-Vg) characteristic. By doing so, it can be evaluated.
- the source voltage Vs 0 V
- the change of the drain current Id with respect to the gate voltage Vg becomes gentle. This is presumably because electrons were trapped in a shallow interface state located near the energy (denoted Ec) at the bottom of the conduction band.
- the density N it of the interface state is estimated more strictly by considering the number of traps N trap (per unit area and unit energy) trapped in the shallow interface state. Can do.
- FIG. A broken line shows an ideal Id-Vg characteristic without a trap level obtained by calculation.
- the change in the gate voltage Vg at which the drain current changes in Id2 from Id1 and [Delta] V id indicates the actually measured Id-Vg characteristic.
- the change in the gate voltage Vg when the drain current changes from Id1 to Id2 is represented by ⁇ V ex . Drain current Id1, the potentials at the target to the interface when the Id2 phi it1, and phi it2, to the change amount of [Delta] [phi it.
- C tg is the combined capacitance of the insulator and semiconductor per area.
- ⁇ Q trap can also be expressed by Equation (2) using the trapped number of electrons N trap (per unit area, unit energy). Note that q is an elementary electric quantity.
- Formula (3) can be obtained by combining Formula (1) and Formula (2).
- formula (4) can be obtained by taking the limit ⁇ it ⁇ 0 of formula (3).
- the number of trapped electrons N trap at the interface can be estimated using the ideal Id-Vg characteristic, the actually measured Id-Vg characteristic, and Equation (4). Note that the relationship between the drain current and the potential at the interface can be obtained by the above-described calculation.
- Equation (5) the unit area, the density N it the number of electrons N trap and interface state per unit energy are related as Equation (5).
- f (E) is a Fermi distribution function.
- N is a Fermi distribution function.
- the N trap obtained from equation (4) By fitting the formula (5), N it is determined.
- the calculation using a device simulator set the N it, it is possible to obtain a transfer characteristic containing an Id ⁇ 0.1 pA.
- Equation (4) the result of extracting N trap by applying Equation (4) to the actually measured Id-Vg characteristic shown in FIG. 31 is shown by white circles in FIG.
- the vertical axis of FIG. 33 is the Fermi energy Ef from the conduction band lower end Ec of the semiconductor. Looking at the broken line, the maximum value is found at a position just below Ec.
- FIGS. 34A and 34B show the results of back-calculating the Id-Vg characteristic by feeding back the obtained interface state fitting curve to the calculation using the device simulator.
- FIG. 34A shows an Id-Vg characteristic obtained by calculation when the drain voltage Vd is 0.1 V and 1.8 V, and an actually measured Id-Vg in the transistor when the drain voltage Vd is 0.1 V and 1.8 V. Characteristics.
- FIG. 34B is a graph in which the drain current Id of FIG. 34A is logarithmic.
- FIG. 35 shows the result of calculating the shallow defect level density of samples C1 to C3.
- the peak value of the shallow defect level density is less than 5 ⁇ 10 12 cm ⁇ 2 eV ⁇ 1 , indicating that the sample has a very low shallow defect level density.
- the peak value of the density of shallow defect states in the metal oxide film is preferably less than 5 ⁇ 10 12 cm ⁇ 2 eV ⁇ 1 , more preferably less than 2.5 ⁇ 10 12 cm ⁇ 2 eV ⁇ 1 , More preferably, it is less than 1.5 ⁇ 10 12 cm ⁇ 2 eV ⁇ 1 .
- Samples C1 to C3 are transistors in which a metal oxide film having a low density of defect states is formed. This is because a metal oxide film formed under the conditions of a low temperature and a low oxygen flow rate improves oxygen permeability and increases the amount of oxygen diffused during the manufacturing process of the transistor, thereby increasing the amount of oxygen in the metal oxide film. This suggests that defects such as oxygen vacancies at the interface between the metal oxide film and the insulating film are reduced.
- CPM measurement the amount of light applied to the sample surface between the terminals is adjusted so that the photocurrent value is constant while a voltage is applied between the two electrodes provided on the sample, and the absorption coefficient is derived from the amount of light applied. This is done at each wavelength.
- CPM measurement when a sample has a defect, an absorption coefficient at an energy (converted from a wavelength) corresponding to the level where the defect exists is increased. By multiplying the increase in the absorption coefficient by a constant, the dDOS of the sample can be derived.
- the absorption coefficient due to the defect level can be calculated from the following equation.
- ⁇ (E) represents an absorption coefficient at each energy
- ⁇ u represents an absorption coefficient due to the back-tail.
- sample for CPM evaluation three samples (samples D1 to D3) were prepared and CPM evaluation was performed.
- a metal oxide film was formed on a glass substrate.
- a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm was formed by the same method as in sample A1.
- a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm was formed by the same method as in sample A3.
- a metal oxide film having a thickness of about 100 nm was formed by the same method as in sample A6.
- a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 30 nm, a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 100 nm, and a silicon oxynitride film having a thickness of about 20 nm are stacked over the metal oxide film by a plasma CVD method. .
- the oxide semiconductor film has a two-layer structure.
- the first oxide semiconductor film has a substrate temperature of 170 ° C., an oxygen gas with a flow rate of 200 sccm is introduced into the chamber of the sputtering apparatus, a pressure of 0.6 Pa, and a metal containing indium, gallium, and zinc.
- the oxide semiconductor film was removed by wet etching.
- the silicon oxynitride film was formed by a plasma CVD method using a mixed gas of SiH 4 having a flow rate of 160 sccm and N 2 O having a flow rate of 4000 sccm as a deposition gas under the conditions of a pressure of 200 Pa, a power of 1500 W, and a substrate temperature of 220 ° C. .
- the thickness of the silicon oxynitride film is about 400 nm.
- a laminated film of a Ti film having a thickness of about 50 nm, an Al film having a thickness of about 400 nm, and a Ti film having a thickness of about 100 nm was formed by a sputtering method. Then, it processed by the photolithographic method and formed the electrode.
- FIG. 36 shows the CPM measurement result of sample D1
- FIG. 37 shows the CPM measurement result of sample D2
- FIG. 38 shows the CPM measurement result of sample D3.
- the vertical axis represents the absorption coefficient
- the horizontal axis represents the light energy.
- the black solid line indicates the curve of the absorption coefficient of each sample
- the dotted line indicates the tangent
- the gray solid line indicates the optically measured absorption coefficient.
- the value of the back tail of the sample D1 estimated from FIG. 36 is 68.70 meV, and the absorption coefficient obtained by removing the absorption coefficient due to the back tail from the absorption coefficient curve, that is, the absorption coefficient due to the deep defect level.
- the value was 1.21 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 cm ⁇ 1 .
- the value of the back tail of the sample D2 estimated from FIG. 37 was 64.46 meV, and the value of the absorption coefficient attributable to the deep defect level was 1.36 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 cm ⁇ 1 .
- the back-tail value of sample D3 estimated from FIG. 38 was 65.83 meV, and the value of the absorption coefficient attributable to the deep defect level was 1.04 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 cm ⁇ 1 .
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention can be formed by a sputtering method in an atmosphere containing oxygen.
- the substrate temperature during film formation is preferably room temperature or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, typically 130 ° C.
- room temperature or higher and 150 ° C. or lower preferably 50 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower, typically 130 ° C.
- the flow rate ratio of oxygen during film formation is 1% to less than 33%, preferably 5% to 30%, more preferably 5% to 20%, and even more preferably 5% to 15%. % Or less, typically 10%.
- oxygen partial pressure oxygen partial pressure
- a metal oxide film in which a crystal part having orientation and a crystal part having no orientation are mixed can be obtained. Obtainable.
- the substrate temperature and the oxygen flow rate within the above ranges, it is possible to control the existence ratio of the crystal part having orientation and the crystal part having no orientation.
- An oxide target that can be used for forming a metal oxide film is not limited to an In—Ga—Zn-based oxide, and includes, for example, an In—M—Zn-based oxide (M is Al, Ga, Y). Or Sn) can be applied.
- a metal oxide film including a crystal part is formed using a sputtering target including a polycrystalline oxide having a plurality of crystal grains, compared to a case where a sputtering target not including a polycrystalline oxide is used, A metal oxide film having crystallinity is easily obtained.
- the sputtering target has a plurality of crystal grains and the crystal grains have a layered structure, and there is an interface that is easily cleaved, the ions are allowed to collide with the sputtering target.
- the crystal grains may be cleaved to obtain flat or pellet-like sputtered particles. It is considered that the obtained flat or pellet-like sputtered particles are deposited on a substrate to form a metal oxide film containing nanocrystals. In addition, it is considered that by heating the substrate, bonding or rearrangement of the nanocrystals progresses on the substrate surface, so that a metal oxide film including a crystal part having orientation is easily formed.
- the method for forming the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a plasma chemical vapor deposition (PECVD) method, a thermal CVD (Chemical Vapor Deposition).
- PLD pulse laser deposition
- PECVD plasma chemical vapor deposition
- thermal CVD Thermal Vapor Deposition
- an ALD (Atomic Layer Deposition) method or a vacuum deposition method may be used.
- An example of the thermal CVD method is a MOCVD (Metal Organic Chemical Vapor Deposition) method.
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to a semiconductor device such as a transistor.
- a metal oxide film having semiconductor characteristics hereinafter referred to as an oxide semiconductor film
- the oxide semiconductor film includes indium (In), M (M represents Al, Ga, Y, or Sn), and Zn (zinc).
- the element M is aluminum, gallium, yttrium, or tin, but as elements applicable to the element M, in addition to the above, boron, silicon, titanium, iron, nickel, germanium, zirconium, molybdenum, lanthanum, Cerium, neodymium, hafnium, tantalum, tungsten, magnesium, or the like may be used. Further, as the element M, a plurality of the aforementioned elements may be combined.
- a preferable range of the atomic ratio of indium, element M, and zinc included in the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention is described with reference to FIGS. 39A to 39C do not describe the atomic ratio of oxygen.
- the terms of the atomic ratio of indium, element M, and zinc included in the oxide semiconductor film are [In], [M], and [Zn].
- 39A and 39B illustrate an example of a preferable range of the atomic ratio of indium, element M, and zinc included in the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 40 shows the crystal structure of InMZnO 4 when observed from the direction parallel to the b-axis.
- a metal element in a layer containing M, Zn, and oxygen hereinafter referred to as an (M, Zn) layer
- the element M or zinc represents the element M or zinc.
- the ratio of the element M and zinc shall be equal.
- the element M and zinc can be substituted and the arrangement is irregular.
- indium and element M can be substituted for each other. Therefore, the element M in the (M, Zn) layer can be replaced with indium and expressed as an (In, M, Zn) layer. In that case, a layered structure in which the In layer is 1 and the (In, M, Zn) layer is 2 is employed.
- the element M in the MZnO 2 layer can be substituted with indium, and can be expressed as an In ⁇ M 1- ⁇ ZnO 2 layer (0 ⁇ ⁇ 1). In that case, a layered structure in which the InO 2 layer is 1 and the In ⁇ M 1- ⁇ ZnO 2 layer is 2 is adopted. Further, indium in the InO 2 layer can be replaced with the element M, and can be expressed as an In 1- ⁇ M ⁇ O 2 layer (0 ⁇ ⁇ 1). In that case, the In 1- ⁇ M ⁇ O 2 layer is 1 and the MZnO 2 layer is 2.
- the In layer when the In layer is 1 and the (M, Zn) layer is non-integer, the In layer has 1 and the (M, Zn) layer has an integer of multiple layers.
- the In layer has 1 and the (M, Zn) layer has an integer of multiple layers.
- a film having an atomic ratio that deviates from the atomic ratio of the target is formed.
- [Zn] of the film may be smaller than [Zn] of the target.
- a plurality of phases may coexist in the oxide semiconductor film (two-phase coexistence, three-phase coexistence, etc.).
- a plurality of phases may coexist in the oxide semiconductor film (two-phase coexistence, three-phase coexistence, etc.).
- a grain boundary also referred to as a grain boundary
- the carrier mobility (electron mobility) of the oxide semiconductor film can be increased. This is because, in an oxide semiconductor film containing indium, element M, and zinc, the s orbital of heavy metal mainly contributes to carrier conduction, and by increasing the indium content, the region where the s orbital overlaps becomes larger. Therefore, an oxide semiconductor film with a high indium content has higher carrier mobility than an oxide semiconductor film with a low indium content.
- the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention preferably has an atomic ratio shown in a region A in FIG. 39A which has a high carrier mobility and a layered structure with few grain boundaries.
- An oxide semiconductor film having an atomic ratio represented by the region B is an excellent oxide semiconductor film that has particularly high crystallinity and high carrier mobility.
- the conditions under which the oxide semiconductor film forms a layered structure are not uniquely determined by the atomic ratio. Depending on the atomic ratio, there is a difference in difficulty for forming a layered structure. On the other hand, even if the atomic ratio is the same, there may be a layered structure or a layered structure depending on the formation conditions. Therefore, the region illustrated in the drawing is a region exhibiting an atomic ratio in which the oxide semiconductor film has a layered structure, and the boundaries between the regions A to C are not strict.
- Metal oxide film structure Next, the structure of the metal oxide film (hereinafter referred to as an oxide semiconductor) is described.
- An oxide semiconductor is classified into a single crystal oxide semiconductor and a non-single crystal oxide semiconductor.
- a CAAC-OS c-axis-aligned crystal oxide semiconductor
- a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor
- an nc-OS nanocrystalline oxide semiconductor
- a pseudo-amorphous oxide semiconductor a-like oxide OS
- amorphous oxide semiconductor amorphous-like oxide semiconductor
- oxide semiconductors are classified into amorphous oxide semiconductors and other crystalline oxide semiconductors.
- a crystalline oxide semiconductor include a single crystal oxide semiconductor, a CAAC-OS, a polycrystalline oxide semiconductor, and an nc-OS.
- Amorphous structures are generally isotropic, have no heterogeneous structure, are metastable, have no fixed atomic arrangement, have a flexible bond angle, have short-range order, but long-range order It is said that it does not have.
- a stable oxide semiconductor cannot be called a complete amorphous semiconductor.
- an oxide semiconductor that is not isotropic (for example, has a periodic structure in a minute region) cannot be called a complete amorphous oxide semiconductor.
- an a-like OS is not isotropic but has an unstable structure having a void (also referred to as a void). In terms of being unstable, a-like OS is physically similar to an amorphous oxide semiconductor.
- CAAC-OS First, the CAAC-OS will be described.
- CAAC-OS is a kind of oxide semiconductor having a plurality of c-axis aligned crystal parts (also referred to as pellets).
- CAAC-OS is an oxide semiconductor with high crystallinity. Since the crystallinity of an oxide semiconductor may be deteriorated by entry of impurities, generation of defects, or the like, the CAAC-OS can be said to be an oxide semiconductor with few impurities and defects (such as oxygen vacancies).
- the impurity means an element other than the main components of the oxide semiconductor, such as hydrogen, carbon, silicon, or a transition metal element.
- an element such as silicon which has a stronger bonding force with oxygen than a metal element included in an oxide semiconductor, disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor by depriving the oxide semiconductor of oxygen, thereby reducing crystallinity. It becomes a factor.
- heavy metals such as iron and nickel, argon, carbon dioxide, and the like have large atomic radii (or molecular radii), which disturbs the atomic arrangement of the oxide semiconductor and decreases crystallinity.
- nc-OS is analyzed by XRD.
- XRD X-ray diffraction
- Nc-OS is an oxide semiconductor having higher regularity than an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Therefore, the nc-OS has a lower density of defect states than an a-like OS or an amorphous oxide semiconductor. Note that the nc-OS does not have regularity in crystal orientation between different pellets. Therefore, the nc-OS may have a higher density of defect states than the CAAC-OS.
- the a-like OS is an oxide semiconductor having a structure between the nc-OS and an amorphous oxide semiconductor.
- A-like OS has a void or low density region. Since the a-like OS has a void, it has an unstable structure.
- the a-like OS since the a-like OS has a void, it has a structure with a lower density than the nc-OS and the CAAC-OS. Specifically, the density of the a-like OS is 78.6% or more and less than 92.3% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. Further, the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS are 92.3% or more and less than 100% of the density of the single crystal having the same composition. An oxide semiconductor having a density of less than 78% of the single crystal is difficult to form.
- the density of single crystal InGaZnO 4 having a rhombohedral structure is 6.357 g / cm 3 .
- the density of a-like OS is 5.0 g / cm 3 or more and less than 5.9 g / cm 3.
- the density of the nc-OS and the density of the CAAC-OS are 5.9 g / cm 3 or more and 6.3 g / cm. less than cm 3 .
- the density corresponding to the single crystal having a desired composition can be estimated by combining single crystals having different compositions at an arbitrary ratio. What is necessary is just to estimate the density corresponding to the single crystal of a desired composition using a weighted average with respect to the ratio which combines the single crystal from which a composition differs. However, the density is preferably estimated by combining as few kinds of single crystals as possible.
- oxide semiconductors have various structures and various properties.
- the oxide semiconductor may be a stacked film including two or more of an amorphous oxide semiconductor, an a-like OS, an nc-OS, and a CAAC-OS, for example.
- an oxide semiconductor film for a transistor for example, carrier scattering at a crystal grain boundary can be reduced as compared with a transistor using polycrystalline silicon for a channel region.
- a transistor can be realized.
- a highly reliable transistor can be realized.
- the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention is a film in which a crystal part having orientation and a crystal part not having orientation are mixed. By using such an oxide semiconductor film having crystallinity, a transistor having both high field-effect mobility and high reliability can be realized.
- Carrier density of metal oxide film The carrier density of the metal oxide film (hereinafter referred to as an oxide semiconductor film) will be described below.
- oxygen vacancies (Vo) in the oxide semiconductor film As a factor that affects the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film, oxygen vacancies (Vo) in the oxide semiconductor film, impurities in the oxide semiconductor film, and the like can be given.
- the density of defect states increases when hydrogen is bonded to the oxygen vacancies (this state is also referred to as VoH).
- the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film can be controlled by controlling the density of defect states in the oxide semiconductor film.
- the object is to suppress a negative shift in the threshold voltage of the transistor or to reduce the off-state current of the transistor, it is preferable to reduce the carrier density of the oxide semiconductor film.
- the impurity concentration in the oxide semiconductor film may be decreased and the defect level density may be decreased.
- a low impurity concentration and a low density of defect states are referred to as high purity intrinsic or substantially high purity intrinsic.
- the carrier density of the high-purity intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is less than 8 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 , preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 11 cm ⁇ 3 , more preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 10 cm ⁇ 3 , and 1 ⁇ What is necessary is just to set it as 10 ⁇ -9 > cm ⁇ -3 > or more.
- the carrier density of an oxide semiconductor film it is preferable to increase the carrier density of an oxide semiconductor film.
- the impurity concentration of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased or the defect state density of the oxide semiconductor film may be slightly increased.
- the band gap of the oxide semiconductor film is preferably made smaller.
- an oxide semiconductor film with a slightly high impurity concentration or a slightly high defect state density within a range where the on / off ratio of the Id-Vg characteristics of the transistor can be obtained can be regarded as substantially intrinsic.
- the oxide semiconductor film with the increased carrier density is slightly n-type. Therefore, an oxide semiconductor film with an increased carrier density may be referred to as “Slightly-n”.
- the carrier density of the substantially intrinsic oxide semiconductor film is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 5 cm ⁇ 3 or more and less than 1 ⁇ 10 18 cm ⁇ 3 , preferably 1 ⁇ 10 7 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 17 cm ⁇ 3 or less. More preferably, it is 1 ⁇ 10 9 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 5 ⁇ 10 16 cm ⁇ 3 or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 10 cm ⁇ 3 or more and 1 ⁇ 10 16 cm ⁇ 3 or less, and further preferably 1 ⁇ 10 11 cm ⁇ 3. More preferably, it is 1 ⁇ 10 15 cm ⁇ 3 or less.
- FIG. 41 illustrates an energy band in a transistor in which an oxide semiconductor film is used for a channel region.
- FIG. 41 illustrates an example of the energy band of the gate electrode, the gate insulating film, the oxide semiconductor film, and the source or drain electrode in contact with the oxide semiconductor film.
- a silicon oxide film is used as the gate insulating film and an In—Ga—Zn oxide is used as the oxide semiconductor film. Further, the transition level ( ⁇ f) of defects that can be formed in the silicon oxide film is formed at a position away from the conduction band of the gate insulating film by 3.1 eV, and the oxide when the gate voltage (Vg) is 30V.
- the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is set to 3.6 eV from the conduction band of the gate insulating film. Note that the Fermi level of the silicon oxide film varies depending on the gate voltage.
- the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film and the silicon oxide film is lowered.
- white circles in FIG. 41 represent electrons (carriers), and X in FIG. 41 represents a defect level in the silicon oxide film.
- the carriers when carriers are thermally excited in a state where a gate voltage is applied, the carriers are trapped at the defect level (X in the figure), and from the plus (“+”) to the neutral (“0”). ”),
- the charge state of the defect level changes. That is, when the value obtained by adding the above-described thermal excitation energy to the Fermi level (Ef) of the silicon oxide film becomes higher than the defect transition level ( ⁇ f), the charge state of the defect level in the silicon oxide film is positive. From this state, the transistor becomes neutral, and the threshold voltage of the transistor fluctuates in the positive direction.
- the depth at which the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film is formed may be different.
- the conduction band of the gate insulating film moves upward in the vicinity of the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor.
- the energy difference between the Fermi level at the interface between the gate insulating film and the oxide semiconductor film increases.
- the charge trapped in the gate insulating film is reduced.
- the change in the charge state of the defect level that can be formed in the above-described silicon oxide film is reduced, and the gate bias heat ( The variation of the threshold voltage of the transistor under stress can be reduced under stress (Gate Bias Temperature: GBT).
- the charge trapped in the defect level of the oxide semiconductor film takes a long time to disappear and may behave as if it were a fixed charge. Therefore, a transistor in which a channel region is formed in an oxide semiconductor film with a high defect level density may have unstable electrical characteristics.
- Impurities include hydrogen, nitrogen, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, iron, nickel, silicon, and the like.
- the concentration of silicon or carbon in the oxide semiconductor film and the concentration of silicon or carbon in the vicinity of the interface with the oxide semiconductor film are obtained. 2 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, preferably 2 ⁇ 10 17 atoms / cm 3 or less.
- the concentration of alkali metal or alkaline earth metal in the oxide semiconductor film obtained by SIMS is set to 1 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or lower, preferably 2 ⁇ 10 16 atoms / cm 3 or lower.
- the nitrogen in the oxide semiconductor film is preferably reduced as much as possible.
- the nitrogen concentration in the oxide semiconductor film obtained by SIMS is less than 5 ⁇ 10 19 atoms / cm 3 , preferably 5 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ 10 17 atoms / cm 3 or less.
- hydrogen contained in the oxide semiconductor film reacts with oxygen bonded to a metal atom to become water, so that an oxygen vacancy may be formed in some cases.
- oxygen vacancy may be formed in some cases.
- electrons serving as carriers may be generated.
- a part of hydrogen may be combined with oxygen bonded to a metal atom to generate electrons as carriers. Therefore, a transistor including an oxide semiconductor film containing hydrogen is likely to be normally on. For this reason, it is preferable that hydrogen in the oxide semiconductor film be reduced as much as possible.
- the hydrogen concentration obtained by SIMS is less than 1 ⁇ 10 20 atoms / cm 3 , preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 19 atoms / cm 3 , more preferably 5 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3. Less than cm 3 , more preferably less than 1 ⁇ 10 18 atoms / cm 3 .
- the oxide semiconductor film preferably has an energy gap of 2 eV or more, or 2.5 eV or more.
- the thickness of the oxide semiconductor film is 3 nm to 200 nm, preferably 3 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 60 nm.
- the oxide semiconductor film is an In-M-Zn oxide
- CAC is one structure of a material in which elements constituting an oxide semiconductor are unevenly distributed in a size of 0.5 nm to 10 nm, preferably 1 nm to 2 nm, or the vicinity thereof. Note that in the following, in an oxide semiconductor, one or more metal elements are unevenly distributed, and a region including the metal element has a size of 0.5 nm to 10 nm, preferably 1 nm to 2 nm, or the vicinity thereof.
- the state mixed with is also referred to as a mosaic or patch.
- CAC-IGZO in an In—Ga—Zn oxide is indium oxide (hereinafter referred to as InO X1 (X1 is a real number greater than 0)) or indium zinc oxide.
- InO X1 X1 is a real number greater than 0
- objects hereinafter, in X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 ( X2, Y2, and Z2 is larger real) than 0.
- gallium oxide hereeinafter, GaO X3 (X3 is a large real number) than 0.
- Or gallium zinc oxide hereinafter referred to as Ga X4 Zn Y4 O Z4 (X4, Y4, and Z4 are real numbers greater than 0)
- InO X1 or In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 is uniformly distributed in the film (hereinafter also referred to as cloud shape).
- CAC-IGZO has a region GaO X3 is the main component, and In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2, or InO X1 is the main component region is a composite oxide semiconductor having a structure that is mixed.
- the first region indicates that the atomic ratio of In to the element M in the first region is larger than the atomic ratio of In to the element M in the second region. It is assumed that the concentration of In is higher than that in the second region.
- IGZO is a common name and may refer to one compound of In, Ga, Zn, and O.
- ZnO ZnO
- the crystalline compound has a single crystal structure, a polycrystalline structure, or a CAAC structure.
- the CAAC structure is a crystal structure in which a plurality of IGZO nanocrystals have c-axis orientation and are connected without being oriented in the ab plane.
- CAC relates to material composition.
- CAC is a material structure containing In, Ga, Zn, and O, and is a region that is observed in a part of nanoparticles mainly composed of Ga, and a part of nanoparticles composed mainly of In.
- the observed region is a configuration in which the regions are randomly dispersed in a mosaic pattern. Therefore, in CAC, the crystal structure is a secondary element.
- CAC does not include a laminated structure of two or more types of films having different compositions.
- a structure composed of two layers of a film mainly containing In and a film mainly containing Ga is not included.
- a region GaO X3 is the main component, and In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is the main component region, in some cases clear boundary can not be observed.
- Sample structure and production method >> In the following, nine samples according to one embodiment of the present invention are described. Each sample is manufactured under different conditions for the substrate temperature and the oxygen gas flow rate when the oxide semiconductor film is formed. Note that the sample has a structure including a substrate and an oxide semiconductor over the substrate.
- a glass substrate is used as the substrate.
- an In—Ga—Zn oxide with a thickness of 100 nm is formed as an oxide semiconductor over the glass substrate with a sputtering apparatus.
- 2500 W AC power is supplied to the oxide target installed in the sputtering apparatus.
- the substrate temperature was set to a temperature at which the substrate was not intentionally heated (hereinafter also referred to as RT), 130 ° C., or 170 ° C. as a condition for forming the oxide.
- RT temperature at which the substrate was not intentionally heated
- oxygen gas flow rate ratio a flow rate ratio of oxygen gas to the mixed gas of Ar and oxygen
- FIG. 88 shows the results of measuring the XRD spectrum using the out-of-plane method.
- the upper part shows the measurement results for the sample whose substrate temperature condition during film formation is 170 ° C.
- the middle part shows the measurement results for the sample whose substrate temperature condition during film formation is 130 ° C.
- the lower part shows the measurement result during film formation.
- the measurement result in the sample is shown.
- the left column shows the measurement results for the sample with an oxygen gas flow ratio of 10%
- the center column shows the measurement results for a sample with an oxygen gas flow ratio of 30%
- the right column shows the oxygen gas flow rate.
- the measurement result in the sample whose ratio condition is 100% is shown.
- planar TEM image a planar image acquired by HAADF-STEM
- cross-sectional image hereinafter also referred to as a cross-sectional TEM image
- the TEM image was observed using a spherical aberration correction function.
- the HAADF-STEM image was taken by irradiating an electron beam with an acceleration voltage of 200 kV and a beam diameter of about 0.1 nm ⁇ using an atomic resolution analytical electron microscope JEM-ARM200F manufactured by JEOL Ltd.
- FIG. 89A shows the substrate temperature R.D. T.A.
- 89B shows the substrate temperature R.D. T.A.
- FIG. 89A the substrate temperature R.D. T.A. , And an electron beam diffraction pattern indicated by black spots a1, black spots a2, black spots a3, black spots a4, and black spots a5 in a planar TEM image of a sample prepared at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10%.
- the observation of the electron beam diffraction pattern is performed while moving at a constant speed from the 0 second position to the 35 second position while irradiating the electron beam.
- FIG. 89C shows the result of black point a1
- FIG. 89D shows the result of black point a2
- FIG. 89E shows the result of black point a3
- FIG. 89F shows the result of black point a4, and
- FIG. 89G shows the result of black point a5.
- a region with high luminance can be observed like a circle (in a ring shape).
- a plurality of spots can be observed in the ring-shaped region.
- FIG. T.A In the cross-sectional TEM image of the sample manufactured at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10%, the electron beam diffraction pattern indicated by black spot b1, black spot b2, black spot b3, black spot b4, and black spot b5 is observed.
- FIG. 89H shows the result of black point b1
- FIG. 89I shows the result of black point b2
- FIG. 89J shows the result of black point b3
- FIG. 89K shows the result of black point b4
- FIG. 89L shows the result of black point b5.
- a region with high luminance can be observed in a ring shape.
- a plurality of spots can be observed in the ring-shaped region.
- nc-OS oxide semiconductor having a microcrystal
- a simple diffraction pattern is observed.
- nanobeam electron diffraction is performed on the nc-OS using an electron beam with a small probe diameter (for example, less than 50 nm)
- bright spots are observed.
- nanobeam electron diffraction is performed on the nc-OS, a region with high luminance may be observed so as to draw a circle (in a ring shape). In addition, a plurality of bright spots may be observed in the ring-shaped region.
- Substrate temperature R. T.A The electron beam diffraction pattern of a sample manufactured at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10% has a ring-like high luminance region and a plurality of bright spots in the ring region. Therefore, the substrate temperature R.D. T.A. And the sample manufactured at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10% has an electron beam diffraction pattern of nc-OS and has no orientation in the plane direction and the cross-sectional direction.
- an oxide semiconductor with a low substrate temperature or a low oxygen gas flow ratio during deposition has properties that are clearly different from those of an amorphous oxide semiconductor film and a single crystal oxide semiconductor film. Can be estimated.
- each point in the analysis target region of the sample is irradiated with an electron beam, and the characteristic X-ray energy and the number of occurrences of the sample generated thereby are measured, and an EDX spectrum corresponding to each point is obtained.
- the peak of the EDX spectrum at each point is represented by the electron transition from the In atom to the L shell, the electron transition from the Ga atom to the K shell, the electron transition from the Zn atom to the K shell, and the K shell from the O atom.
- the ratio of each atom at each point is calculated.
- FIG. 90 shows the substrate temperature R.D. T.A. And EDX mapping in a cross section of a sample fabricated at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10%.
- FIG. 90A is an EDX mapping of Ga atoms (the ratio of Ga atoms to all atoms is in the range of 1.18 to 18.64 [atomic%]).
- FIG. 90B is EDX mapping of In atoms (the ratio of In atoms to all atoms is in the range of 9.28 to 33.74 [atomic%]).
- FIG. 90C is an EDX mapping of Zn atoms (the ratio of Zn atoms to all atoms is in the range of 6.69 to 24.99 [atomic%]).
- 90A, 90B, and 90C show the substrate temperature R.D.
- T.A In a cross section of a sample manufactured at an oxygen gas flow rate ratio of 10%, a region in the same range is shown. Note that the EDX mapping shows the ratio of elements in light and dark so that the more measurement elements in the range, the brighter the brightness, and the darker the measurement elements. The magnification of EDX mapping shown in FIG. 90 is 7.2 million times.
- the range surrounded by the solid line includes many relatively dark areas, and the range surrounded by the broken line includes many relatively bright areas.
- the range surrounded by the solid line includes many relatively bright areas, and the range surrounded by the broken line includes many relatively dark areas.
- the range surrounded by the solid line is a region having a relatively large number of In atoms
- the range surrounded by a broken line is a region having a relatively small number of In atoms.
- the right side is a relatively bright region and the left side is a relatively dark region. Therefore, the range surrounded by the solid line is a region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 .
- a range surrounded by a solid line is a region with relatively few Ga atoms
- a range surrounded by a broken line is a region with relatively many Ga atoms.
- the upper left region is a relatively bright region
- the lower right region is a dark region. Therefore, the range surrounded by the broken line is a region whose main component is GaO X3 , Ga X4 Zn Y4 O Z4 , or the like.
- the distribution of In atoms is relatively uniform than that of Ga atoms, and the region containing InO X1 as a main component is In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2. Seems to be connected to each other through a region that is a main component. As described above, the region mainly composed of In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is formed so as to spread in a cloud shape.
- CAC-IGZO an In—Ga—Zn oxide having a structure in which a region containing GaO X3 as a main component and a region containing In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 as a main component are unevenly distributed.
- the crystal structure in CAC has an nc structure.
- the nc structure possessed by CAC has several bright spots (spots) in addition to bright spots (spots) caused by IGZO including single crystal, polycrystal, or CAAC structure in an electron diffraction image.
- a crystal structure is defined as a region having a high brightness in a ring shape.
- region GaO X3 is the main component
- In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or the size of the area InO X1 is the main component, is, 0.5 nm or more 10nm or less, Or it is observed at 1 nm or more and 3 nm or less.
- the diameter of a region in which each metal element is a main component is 1 nm or more and 2 nm or less.
- CAC-IGZO has a structure different from that of an IGZO compound in which metal elements are uniformly distributed, and has a property different from that of an IGZO compound. That, CAC-IGZO is a region such as GaO X3 is a region which is a main component, In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 is phase-separated from each other region and, in the main component, is mainly composed of the elements Has a mosaic structure.
- CAC-IGZO when CAC-IGZO is used for a semiconductor element, a high on-current can be obtained because the properties caused by GaO X3 and the like and the properties caused by In X2 Zn Y2 O Z2 or InO X1 act complementarily. (I on ) and high field effect mobility ( ⁇ ) can be realized.
- CAC-IGZO is most suitable for various semiconductor devices including a display.
- Transistor Configuration Example 1> 42A is a top view of the transistor 100
- FIG. 42B is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 42A
- FIG. 42C is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 in FIG.
- FIG. 42A components such as the insulating film 110 are omitted for clarity.
- FIG. 42A some components may be omitted from the subsequent drawings as in FIG. 42A.
- alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 direction may be referred to as a channel length (L) direction
- the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 direction may be referred to as a channel width (W) direction.
- 42A to 42C includes an insulating film 104 over a substrate 102, an oxide semiconductor film 108 over an insulating film 104, an insulating film 110 over an oxide semiconductor film 108, and a conductive film over an insulating film 110. 112, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, and the insulating film 116 over the conductive film 112.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i overlapping with the conductive film 112, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116.
- the insulating film 116 has nitrogen or hydrogen.
- nitrogen or hydrogen in the insulating film 116 is added to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
- the carrier density is increased by adding nitrogen or hydrogen.
- the transistor 100 includes an insulating film 118 over the insulating film 116, a conductive film 120a electrically connected to the source region 108s through the opening 141a provided in the insulating films 116 and 118, and the insulating film 116. , 118 may be provided, and the conductive film 120b electrically connected to the drain region 108d through the opening 141b provided in the opening 118b.
- the insulating film 104 is a first insulating film
- the insulating film 110 is a second insulating film
- the insulating film 116 is a third insulating film
- the insulating film 118 is a fourth insulating film.
- the conductive film 112 functions as a gate electrode
- the conductive film 120a functions as a source electrode
- the conductive film 120b functions as a drain electrode.
- the insulating film 110 functions as a gate insulating film.
- the insulating film 110 has an excess oxygen region.
- excess oxygen can be supplied to the channel region 108 i included in the oxide semiconductor film 108. Accordingly, oxygen vacancies that can be formed in the channel region 108i can be filled with excess oxygen, so that a highly reliable semiconductor device can be provided.
- the insulating film 104 formed below the oxide semiconductor film 108 may have excess oxygen.
- excess oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be supplied also to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d included in the oxide semiconductor film 108.
- the resistance of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d may increase.
- the insulating film 110 formed over the oxide semiconductor film 108 has excess oxygen, it is possible to selectively supply excess oxygen only to the channel region 108i.
- the carrier density in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d is selectively increased, so that the source region 108s and the drain region 108d It can suppress that resistance becomes high.
- the source region 108s and the drain region 108d included in the oxide semiconductor film 108 preferably each include an element that forms oxygen vacancies or an element that combines with oxygen vacancies.
- an element that forms oxygen vacancies or an element that combines with oxygen vacancies typically, hydrogen, boron, carbon, nitrogen, fluorine, phosphorus, sulfur, chlorine, titanium, a rare gas element, or the like can be given.
- rare gas elements include helium, neon, argon, krypton, and xenon.
- the element that forms oxygen vacancies may be contained in the insulating film 116 in some cases.
- the element that forms oxygen vacancies diffuses from the insulating film 116 into the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
- the element that forms oxygen vacancies may be added to the source region 108s and the drain region 108d by impurity addition treatment.
- the bond between the metal element and oxygen in the oxide semiconductor film is cut, and oxygen vacancies are formed.
- oxygen bonded to the metal element in the oxide semiconductor film is bonded to the impurity element, so that oxygen is released from the metal element and oxygen vacancies are formed. The As a result, the carrier density in the oxide semiconductor film is increased and the conductivity is increased.
- substrate For the substrate 102, a material having heat resistance high enough to withstand heat treatment in the manufacturing process can be used.
- alkali-free glass soda-lime glass, alkali glass, crystal glass, quartz, sapphire, or the like can be used.
- an inorganic insulating film may be used. Examples of the inorganic insulating film include a silicon oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a silicon oxynitride film, and an aluminum oxide film.
- the non-alkali glass may have a thickness of 0.2 mm to 0.7 mm, for example.
- the above-described thickness may be obtained by polishing alkali-free glass.
- the sixth generation (1500 mm ⁇ 1850 mm), the seventh generation (1870 mm ⁇ 2200 mm), the eighth generation (2200 mm ⁇ 2400 mm), the ninth generation (2400 mm ⁇ 2800 mm), the tenth generation (2950 mm ⁇ 3400 mm)
- a glass substrate having a large area such as) can be used.
- a large display device can be manufactured.
- a single crystal semiconductor substrate made of silicon or silicon carbide, a polycrystalline semiconductor substrate, a compound semiconductor substrate such as silicon germanium, an SOI substrate, or the like may be used.
- an inorganic material such as metal may be used for the substrate 102.
- inorganic materials such as metals include stainless steel and aluminum.
- the substrate 102 may be made of an organic material such as resin, resin film, or plastic.
- resin film include polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (nylon, aramid, etc.), polyimide, polycarbonate, polyurethane, acrylic resin, epoxy resin, polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), and polyethersulfone (PES). Or a resin having a siloxane bond.
- a composite material in which an inorganic material and an organic material are combined may be used for the substrate 102.
- a material obtained by bonding a metal plate or a thin glass plate and a resin film, a fibrous metal, a particulate metal, a fibrous glass, or a particulate glass is dispersed in a resin film or a material obtained by dispersing a fibrous resin or a particulate resin in an inorganic material.
- the substrate 102 may be any substrate as long as it can support at least a film or a layer formed thereon or below, and may be any one or more of an insulating film, a semiconductor film, and a conductive film.
- the insulating film 104 can be formed using a sputtering method, a CVD method, an evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a printing method, a coating method, or the like as appropriate.
- the insulating film 104 can be formed by a single layer or a stacked layer of an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film, for example. Note that in order to improve interface characteristics with the oxide semiconductor film 108, at least a region in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the insulating film 104 is preferably formed using an oxide insulating film.
- oxygen contained in the insulating film 104 can be transferred to the oxide semiconductor film 108 by heat treatment.
- the thickness of the insulating film 104 can be 50 nm or more, 100 nm or more and 3000 nm or less, or 200 nm or more and 1000 nm or less.
- the insulating film 104 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used, and the insulating film 104 can be provided as a single layer or a stacked layer.
- a stacked structure of a silicon nitride film and a silicon oxynitride film is used as the insulating film 104.
- oxygen can be efficiently introduced into the oxide semiconductor film 108 by using the insulating film 104 as a stacked structure and using a silicon nitride film on the lower layer side and a silicon oxynitride film on the upper layer side.
- oxide semiconductor film As the oxide semiconductor film 108, the metal oxide film described in Embodiment 1 can be used.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 is preferably formed by a sputtering method because the film density can be increased.
- a rare gas typically argon
- oxygen or a mixed gas of a rare gas and oxygen is used as the sputtering gas as appropriate.
- an adsorption-type vacuum exhaust pump such as a cryopump is used to remove as much impurities as possible from the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the chamber of the sputtering apparatus. Is preferably exhausted to a high vacuum (from about 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 Pa to about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa).
- the partial pressure of gas molecules corresponding to H 2 O in the chamber is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 Pa or less, preferably 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5. It is preferable to set it to Pa or less.
- the insulating film 110 functions as a gate insulating film of the transistor 100.
- the insulating film 110 has a function of supplying oxygen to the oxide semiconductor film 108, particularly the channel region 108i.
- the insulating film 110 can be formed using a single layer or a stacked layer of an oxide insulating film or a nitride insulating film.
- a region in the insulating film 110 which is in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 is preferably formed using at least the oxide insulating film.
- the insulating film 110 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, or the like may be used.
- the thickness of the insulating film 110 can be 5 nm to 400 nm, 5 nm to 300 nm, or 10 nm to 250 nm.
- the insulating film 110 preferably has few defects. Typically, it is preferable that the number of signals observed by an electron spin resonance (ESR) be small.
- the signal described above includes the E ′ center where the g value is observed at 2.001.
- the E ′ center is caused by silicon dangling bonds.
- As the insulating film 110 a silicon oxide film or a silicon oxynitride film whose spin density due to the E ′ center is 3 ⁇ 10 17 spins / cm 3 or less, preferably 5 ⁇ 10 16 spins / cm 3 or less is used. Good.
- a signal due to nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ) may be observed in addition to the above signal.
- the signal is split into three signals by N nuclear spins, each having a g value of 2.037 or more and 2.039 or less (referred to as the first signal), and a g value of 2.001 or more and 2.003.
- the g value is observed below (referred to as the second signal) and from 1.964 to 1.966 (referred to as the third signal).
- the insulating film 110 an insulating film whose spin density due to nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ) is 1 ⁇ 10 17 spins / cm 3 or more and less than 1 ⁇ 10 18 spins / cm 3 is preferably used.
- NO 2 nitrogen dioxide
- nitrogen oxide (NO x ) containing nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ) forms a level in the insulating film 110.
- the level is located in the energy gap of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, when nitrogen oxide (NOx) diffuses to the interface between the insulating film 110 and the oxide semiconductor film 108, the level may trap electrons on the insulating film 110 side. As a result, trapped electrons remain in the vicinity of the interface between the insulating film 110 and the oxide semiconductor film 108, so that the threshold voltage of the transistor is shifted in the positive direction. Therefore, when the insulating film 110 is a film with a low content of nitrogen oxides, the threshold voltage shift of the transistor can be reduced.
- a silicon oxynitride film can be used as the insulating film that emits less nitrogen oxide (NO x ).
- the silicon oxynitride film is a film in which the amount of ammonia released is larger than the amount of nitrogen oxide (NO x ) released in a temperature programmed desorption gas analysis (TDS).
- TDS temperature programmed desorption gas analysis
- the discharge amount is 1 ⁇ 10 18 pieces / cm 3 or more and 5 ⁇ 10 19 pieces / cm 3 or less.
- the amount of ammonia released is the total amount when the temperature of the heat treatment in TDS is 50 ° C. or higher and 650 ° C. or lower, or 50 ° C. or higher and 550 ° C. or lower.
- nitrogen oxide (NO x ) reacts with ammonia and oxygen in the heat treatment, nitrogen oxide (NO x ) is reduced by using an insulating film that releases a large amount of ammonia.
- the nitrogen concentration in the film is preferably 6 ⁇ 10 20 atoms / cm 3 or less.
- hafnium silicate HfSiO x
- hafnium silicate added with nitrogen HfSi x O y N z
- hafnium aluminate added with nitrogen HfAl x O y N z
- hafnium oxide or the like
- High-k materials may be used. By using the high-k material, gate leakage of the transistor can be reduced.
- the insulating film 116 includes nitrogen or hydrogen.
- the insulating film 116 may contain fluorine.
- An example of the insulating film 116 is a nitride insulating film.
- the nitride insulating film can be formed using silicon nitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride fluoride, silicon fluoronitride, or the like.
- the concentration of hydrogen contained in the insulating film 116 is preferably 1 ⁇ 10 22 atoms / cm 3 or more.
- the insulating film 116 is in contact with the source region 108s and the drain region 108d of the oxide semiconductor film 108. Therefore, the impurity (nitrogen or hydrogen) concentration in the source region 108s and the drain region 108d in contact with the insulating film 116 is increased, and the carrier density of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d can be increased.
- an oxide insulating film can be used.
- a stacked film of an oxide insulating film and a nitride insulating film can be used.
- the insulating film 118 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, gallium oxide, Ga—Zn oxide, or the like may be used.
- the insulating film 118 is preferably a film that functions as a barrier film of hydrogen, water, etc. from the outside.
- the thickness of the insulating film 118 can be greater than or equal to 30 nm and less than or equal to 500 nm, or greater than or equal to 100 nm and less than or equal to 400 nm.
- the conductive films 112, 120a, and 120b can be formed by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, a pulse laser deposition (PLD) method, a thermal CVD method, or the like.
- a conductive metal film, a conductive film having a function of reflecting visible light, or a conductive film having a function of transmitting visible light may be used.
- a material containing a metal element selected from aluminum, gold, platinum, silver, copper, chromium, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, nickel, iron, cobalt, palladium, or manganese is used. Can do. Alternatively, an alloy containing the above metal element may be used.
- the conductive metal film described above includes a two-layer structure in which a copper film is stacked on a titanium film, a two-layer structure in which a copper film is stacked on a titanium nitride film, and a copper film on a tantalum nitride film.
- a two-layer structure to be laminated, a three-layer structure in which a copper film is laminated on a titanium film, and a titanium film is further formed thereon may be used.
- An example of the conductive film containing copper element is an alloy film containing copper and manganese. The alloy film is preferable because it can be processed by a wet etching method.
- a tantalum nitride film is preferably used as the conductive films 112, 120a, and 120b.
- the tantalum nitride film has conductivity and high barrier properties against copper or hydrogen.
- the tantalum nitride film can be most preferably used as a metal film in contact with the oxide semiconductor film 108 or a metal film in the vicinity of the oxide semiconductor film 108 because it emits less hydrogen from itself.
- a conductive polymer or a conductive polymer may be used for the conductive film having the above-described conductivity.
- a material containing a metal element selected from gold, silver, copper, or palladium can be used for the conductive film having a function of reflecting visible light.
- a conductive film containing a silver element because the reflectance in visible light can be increased.
- a material containing an element selected from indium, tin, zinc, gallium, or silicon can be used.
- a film containing graphene or graphite may be used as the conductive film having a function of transmitting visible light.
- the film containing graphene can be formed by forming a film containing graphene oxide and reducing the film containing graphene oxide. Examples of the reduction method include a method of applying heat and a method of using a reducing agent.
- the conductive films 112, 120a, and 120b can be formed by an electroless plating method.
- a material that can be formed by the electroless plating method for example, any one or more selected from Cu, Ni, Al, Au, Sn, Co, Ag, and Pd can be used.
- the use of Cu or Ag is preferable because the resistance of the conductive film can be lowered.
- a diffusion prevention film may be formed under the conductive film so that constituent elements of the conductive film do not diffuse outside.
- a seed layer capable of growing a conductive film may be formed between the diffusion prevention film and the conductive film.
- the diffusion preventing film can be formed using, for example, a sputtering method.
- a tantalum nitride film or a titanium nitride film can be used.
- the seed layer can be formed by an electroless plating method.
- a material similar to the material of the conductive film that can be formed by an electroless plating method can be used.
- the conductive film 112 may be formed using an oxide semiconductor typified by an In—Ga—Zn oxide.
- the oxide semiconductor has high carrier density when nitrogen or hydrogen is supplied from the insulating film 116.
- the oxide semiconductor functions as an oxide conductor (OC: Oxide Conductor). Therefore, the oxide semiconductor can be used as a gate electrode.
- examples of the conductive film 112 include a single layer structure of an oxide conductor (OC), a single layer structure of a metal film, or a stacked structure of an oxide conductor (OC) and a metal film.
- the conductive film 112 is formed below the conductive film 112 in the case where a single-layer structure of a light-blocking metal film or a stacked structure of an oxide conductor (OC) and a light-blocking metal film is used. This is preferable because the channel region 108i can be shielded from light.
- the metal film is formed over the oxide semiconductor or the oxide conductor (OC).
- the constituent elements in the metal film diffuse to the oxide semiconductor or oxide conductor (OC) side and the resistance is reduced. The resistance is reduced by damage (for example, sputtering damage) or oxygen in the oxide semiconductor or the oxide conductor (OC) is diffused in the metal film, so that oxygen deficiency is formed and the resistance is reduced.
- the thickness of the conductive films 112, 120a, and 120b can be 30 nm to 500 nm, or 100 nm to 400 nm.
- FIG. 43A is a top view of the transistor 100A
- FIG. 43B is a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 in FIG. 43A
- FIG. 43C is a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 in FIG.
- a transistor 100A illustrated in FIGS. 43A to 43C includes a conductive film 106 over a substrate 102, an insulating film 104 over the conductive film 106, an oxide semiconductor film 108 over the insulating film 104, and an insulating film over the oxide semiconductor film 108. 110, the conductive film 112 over the insulating film 110, the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108, and the insulating film 116 over the conductive film 112.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 includes a channel region 108 i overlapping with the conductive film 112, a source region 108 s in contact with the insulating film 116, and a drain region 108 d in contact with the insulating film 116.
- the transistor 100A includes a conductive film 106 and an opening 143 in addition to the structure of the transistor 100 described above.
- the opening 143 is provided in the insulating films 104 and 110.
- the conductive film 106 is electrically connected to the conductive film 112 through the opening 143. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 112. Note that different potentials may be applied to the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 112 without providing the opening 143.
- the conductive film 106 may be used as a light-blocking film without providing the opening 143. For example, when the conductive film 106 is formed using a light-blocking material, light from below irradiated to the channel region 108 i can be suppressed.
- the conductive film 106 functions as a first gate electrode (also referred to as a bottom gate electrode), and the conductive film 112 is also referred to as a second gate electrode (also referred to as a top gate electrode). ).
- the insulating film 104 has a function as a first gate insulating film, and the insulating film 110 has a function as a second gate insulating film.
- the conductive film 106 As the conductive film 106, the same material as the conductive films 112, 120a, and 120b described above can be used. In particular, the conductive film 106 is preferably formed using a material containing copper because the resistance can be lowered.
- the conductive film 106 has a stacked structure in which a copper film is provided over a titanium nitride film, a tantalum nitride film, or a tungsten film, and the conductive films 120a and 120b are provided with a copper film over the titanium nitride film, the tantalum nitride film, or the tungsten film. A laminated structure is preferable.
- the transistor 100A for one or both of the pixel transistor and the driving transistor of the display device, parasitic capacitance generated between the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 120a, and the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 120b The parasitic capacitance generated between them can be reduced. Therefore, the conductive film 106, the conductive film 120a, and the conductive film 120b are used not only as the first gate electrode, the source electrode, and the drain electrode of the transistor 100A, but also for power supply wiring and signal supply of the display device. It can also be used for wiring or wiring for connection.
- the transistor 100A illustrated in FIGS. 43A to 43C has a structure including conductive films functioning as gate electrodes above and below the oxide semiconductor film 108.
- the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention may include a plurality of gate electrodes.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 is positioned so as to face the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the conductive film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode, respectively. And sandwiched between conductive films functioning as two gate electrodes.
- the length of the conductive film 112 in the channel width direction is longer than the length of the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the channel width direction, and the entire length of the oxide semiconductor film 108 in the channel width direction is conductive with the insulating film 110 interposed therebetween.
- the film 112 is covered. Further, since the conductive film 112 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the insulating film 104 and the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 110, one of the side surfaces in the channel width direction of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is the insulating film 110. Is opposed to the conductive film 112.
- the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 112 are connected to each other through the insulating film 104 and the opening 143 provided in the insulating film 110, and the insulating film 104 and the insulating film 110 are interposed between them.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 is surrounded by the structure.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100A is electrically connected to the conductive film 106 functioning as the first gate electrode and the conductive film 112 functioning as the second gate electrode. Can be surrounded.
- a device structure of a transistor that electrically surrounds the oxide semiconductor film 108 in which a channel region is formed by an electric field of the first gate electrode and the second gate electrode is a surround channel (S-channel) structure. Can be called.
- the transistor 100A Since the transistor 100A has an S-channel structure, an electric field for inducing a channel by the conductive film 106 or the conductive film 112 can be effectively applied to the oxide semiconductor film 108; thus, the current driving capability of the transistor 100A Thus, high on-current characteristics can be obtained. Further, since the on-state current can be increased, the transistor 100A can be miniaturized. In addition, since the oxide semiconductor film 108 has a structure surrounded by the conductive film 106 and the conductive film 112, the mechanical strength of the oxide semiconductor film 108 can be increased.
- an opening different from the opening 143 may be formed on the side where the opening 143 of the oxide semiconductor film 108 is not formed in the channel width direction of the transistor 100A.
- the signal A is supplied to one gate electrode and the fixed potential is supplied to the other gate electrode.
- Vb may be given.
- the signal A may be given to one gate electrode, and the signal B may be given to the other gate electrode.
- One gate electrode may be given a fixed potential Va, and the other gate electrode may be given a fixed potential Vb.
- the signal A is a signal for controlling, for example, a conduction state or a non-conduction state.
- the signal A may be a digital signal that takes two kinds of potentials, that is, the potential V1 or the potential V2 (V1> V2).
- the potential V1 can be a high power supply potential and the potential V2 can be a low power supply potential.
- the signal A may be an analog signal.
- the fixed potential Vb is a potential for controlling the threshold voltage VthA of the transistor, for example.
- the fixed potential Vb may be the potential V1 or the potential V2. In this case, it is preferable that a potential generating circuit for generating the fixed potential Vb does not need to be provided separately.
- the fixed potential Vb may be a potential different from the potential V1 or the potential V2.
- the threshold voltage VthA can be increased by lowering the fixed potential Vb. As a result, the drain current when the gate-source voltage Vgs is 0 V can be reduced, and the leakage current of a circuit including a transistor can be reduced in some cases.
- the fixed potential Vb may be set lower than the low power supply potential.
- the threshold voltage VthA can be lowered by increasing the fixed potential Vb.
- the drain current when the gate-source voltage Vgs is at a high power supply potential can be improved, and the operation speed of a circuit including a transistor can be improved in some cases.
- the fixed potential Vb may be higher than the low power supply potential.
- the signal B is a signal for controlling a conduction state or a non-conduction state, for example.
- the signal B may be a digital signal that takes two kinds of potentials, that is, the potential V3 or the potential V4 (V3> V4).
- the potential V3 can be a high power supply potential and the potential V4 can be a low power supply potential.
- the signal B may be an analog signal.
- the signal B may be a signal having the same digital value as the signal A.
- the on-state current of the transistor can be improved and the operation speed of the circuit including the transistor can be improved in some cases.
- the potential V1 and the potential V2 in the signal A may be different from the potential V3 and the potential V4 in the signal B.
- the potential amplitude (V3 to V4) of the signal B is It may be larger than the potential amplitude (V1-V2). By doing so, the influence of the signal A and the influence of the signal B on the conduction state or non-conduction state of the transistor may be approximately the same.
- the signal B may be a signal having a digital value different from that of the signal A.
- the transistor can be controlled separately by the signal A and the signal B, and a higher function may be realized.
- the transistor is an n-channel transistor
- the transistor A is in a conductive state only when the signal A is the potential V1 and the signal B is the potential V3, or the signal A is the potential V2 and the signal B is In the case where a non-conducting state is obtained only when the potential is V4, functions such as a NAND circuit and a NOR circuit may be realized with one transistor.
- the signal B may be a signal for controlling the threshold voltage VthA.
- the signal B may be a signal having a different potential between a period in which a circuit including a transistor is operating and a period in which the circuit is not operating.
- the signal B may be a signal having a different potential according to the operation mode of the circuit. In this case, the potential of the signal B may not be switched as frequently as the signal A.
- the signal B is an analog signal having the same potential as the signal A, an analog signal obtained by multiplying the potential of the signal A by a constant, or the potential of the signal A is added or subtracted by a constant.
- An analog signal or the like may be used.
- the on-state current of the transistor can be improved, and the operation speed of the circuit including the transistor can be improved in some cases.
- the signal B may be an analog signal different from the signal A. In this case, the transistor can be controlled separately by the signal A and the signal B, and a higher function may be realized.
- the signal A may be a digital signal and the signal B may be an analog signal.
- the signal A may be an analog signal and the signal B may be a digital signal.
- the transistor When a fixed potential is applied to both gate electrodes of a transistor, the transistor may function as an element equivalent to a resistance element.
- the effective resistance of the transistor can be decreased (increased) by increasing (decreasing) the fixed potential Va or the fixed potential Vb in some cases.
- an effective resistance lower (higher) than that obtained by a transistor having only one gate may be obtained.
- an insulating film may be further formed over the transistor 100A.
- FIGS. 44A and 44B An example in that case is shown in FIGS. 44A and 44B.
- 44A and 44B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100B.
- a top view of the transistor 100B is the same as the transistor 100A illustrated in FIG. 43A, and thus description thereof is omitted here.
- 44A and 44B include an insulating film 122 over the conductive films 120a and 120b and the insulating film 118.
- the transistor 100B illustrated in FIGS. Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100A, and have the same effects.
- the insulating film 122 has a function of flattening unevenness caused by a transistor or the like.
- the insulating film 122 may be insulative and is formed using an inorganic material or an organic material.
- the inorganic material include a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide film, a silicon nitride film, an aluminum oxide film, and an aluminum nitride film.
- photosensitive resin materials such as an acrylic resin or a polyimide resin, are mentioned, for example.
- FIGS. 45A and 45B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100C
- FIGS. 46A and 46B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100D
- FIGS. 47A and 47B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100E. Note that a top view of the transistor 100C, the transistor 100D, and the transistor 100E is similar to the transistor 100A illustrated in FIG. 43A, and thus description thereof is omitted here.
- 45A and 45B are different from the transistor 100A in the stacked structure of the conductive film 112, the shape of the conductive film 112, and the shape of the insulating film 110.
- the conductive film 112 of the transistor 100C includes a conductive film 112_1 over the insulating film 110 and a conductive film 112_2 over the conductive film 112_1.
- excess oxide can be added to the insulating film 110 by using an oxide conductive film as the conductive film 112_1.
- the oxide conductive film can be formed in an atmosphere containing oxygen gas by a sputtering method.
- an oxide having indium and tin an oxide having tungsten and indium, an oxide having tungsten, indium, and zinc, an oxide having titanium and indium
- examples thereof include an oxide having titanium, indium, and tin, an oxide having indium and zinc, an oxide having silicon, indium, and tin, and an oxide having indium, gallium, and zinc.
- the conductive film 112_2 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the opening 143.
- the opening 143 is formed, after the conductive film to be the conductive film 112_1 is formed, the opening 143 is formed, whereby the shape illustrated in FIG. 45B can be obtained.
- the connection resistance between the conductive film 112 and the conductive film 106 can be reduced by connecting the conductive film 112_2 and the conductive film 106.
- the conductive film 112 and the insulating film 110 of the transistor 100C are tapered. More specifically, the lower end portion of the conductive film 112 is formed outside the upper end portion of the conductive film 112. The lower end portion of the insulating film 110 is formed outside the upper end portion of the insulating film 110. Further, the lower end portion of the conductive film 112 is formed at substantially the same position as the upper end portion of the insulating film 110.
- the conductive film 112 and the insulating film 110 of the transistor 100C have a tapered shape because the coverage of the insulating film 116 can be increased as compared with the case where the conductive film 112 and the insulating film 110 of the transistor 100A are rectangular. is there.
- 46A and 46B are different from the transistor 100A in the stacked structure of the conductive film 112, the shape of the conductive film 112, and the shape of the insulating film 110.
- the conductive film 112 of the transistor 100D includes a conductive film 112_1 over the insulating film 110 and a conductive film 112_2 over the conductive film 112_1.
- the lower end portion of the conductive film 112_1 is formed outside the upper end portion of the conductive film 112_2.
- the conductive film 112_1, the conductive film 112_2, and the insulating film 110 are processed with the same mask, the conductive film 112_2 is processed with a wet etching method, and the conductive film 112_1 and the insulating film 110 are processed with a dry etching method.
- the above structure can be obtained.
- the region 108f may be formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108 in some cases.
- the region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.
- the region 108f functions as either a high resistance region or a low resistance region.
- the high resistance region is a region which has a resistance equivalent to that of the channel region 108 i and does not overlap with the conductive film 112 functioning as a gate electrode.
- the region 108f functions as a so-called offset region.
- the region 108f may be 1 ⁇ m or less in the channel length (L) direction in order to suppress a decrease in on-state current of the transistor 100D.
- the low resistance region is a region having a resistance lower than that of the channel region 108i and higher than that of the source region 108s and the drain region 108d.
- the region 108f functions as a so-called LDD (Lightly Doped Drain) region.
- LDD Lightly Doped Drain
- the region 108f is an LDD region
- one or more of nitrogen, hydrogen, and fluorine is supplied from the insulating film 116 to the region 108f, or the conductive film 112_1 is used with the insulating film 110 and the conductive film 112_1 as a mask.
- the impurity passes through the conductive film 112_1 and the insulating film 110 and is added to the oxide semiconductor film 108, whereby the region 108f can be formed.
- the conductive film 112_2 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the opening 143.
- 47A and 47B are different from the transistor 100A in the stacked structure of the conductive film 112, the shape of the conductive film 112, and the shape of the insulating film 110.
- the conductive film 112 of the transistor 100E includes a conductive film 112_1 over the insulating film 110 and a conductive film 112_2 over the conductive film 112_1.
- the lower end portion of the conductive film 112_1 is formed outside the lower end portion of the conductive film 112_2.
- the lower end portion of the insulating film 110 is formed outside the lower end portion of the conductive film 112_1.
- the conductive film 112_1, the conductive film 112_2, and the insulating film 110 are processed with the same mask, the conductive film 112_2 and the conductive film 112_1 are processed with a wet etching method, and the insulating film 110 is processed with a dry etching method.
- the above structure can be obtained.
- the transistor 100E may have a region 108f formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108.
- the region 108f is formed between the channel region 108i and the source region 108s, and between the channel region 108i and the drain region 108d.
- the conductive film 112_2 and the conductive film 106 are connected to each other in the opening 143.
- FIGS. 48A and 48B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100F
- FIGS. 49A and 49B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100G
- FIGS. 50A and 50B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100H
- FIGS. 51A and 51B are transistors 100J
- 52A and 52B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 100K. Note that top views of the transistor 100F, the transistor 100G, the transistor 100H, the transistor 100J, and the transistor 100K are the same as those of the transistor 100A illustrated in FIG. 43A, and thus description thereof is omitted here.
- the transistor 100F, the transistor 100G, the transistor 100H, the transistor 100J, and the transistor 100K are different from each other in the structure of the transistor 100A and the oxide semiconductor film 108 described above.
- Other configurations are similar to those of the transistor 100A described above, and have the same effects.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100F illustrated in FIGS. 48A and 48B includes the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 over the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a three-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100G illustrated in FIGS. 49A and 49B includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the insulating film 104 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a two-layer structure of an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100H illustrated in FIGS. 50A and 50B includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_1 over the insulating film 104 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_1.
- the channel region 108i, the source region 108s, and the drain region 108d each have a two-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- 51A and 51B includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_1 over the insulating film 104, an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, and an oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the channel region 108i has a three-layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3.
- the source region 108s and the drain region 108d each have an oxide semiconductor film.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108 included in the transistor 100K illustrated in FIGS. 52A and 52B includes an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 over the insulating film 104 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the channel region 108i has a two-layer structure of an oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and an oxide semiconductor film 108_3, and the source region 108s and the drain region 108d have a single layer structure of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, respectively. is there. Note that in the cross section of the transistor 100K in the channel width (W) direction, the oxide semiconductor film 108_3 covers the side surface of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the channel region 108i in the channel width (W) direction or in the vicinity thereof defects (for example, oxygen vacancies) are likely to be formed due to damage in processing, or contamination due to adhesion of impurities. Therefore, even when the channel region 108i is substantially intrinsic, application of stress such as an electric field activates the side surface of the channel region 108i in the channel width (W) direction or the vicinity thereof, thereby reducing low resistance (n Type) area.
- stress such as an electric field activates the side surface of the channel region 108i in the channel width (W) direction or the vicinity thereof, thereby reducing low resistance (n Type) area.
- the side surface in the channel width (W) direction of the channel region 108i or the vicinity thereof is an n-type region, a parasitic channel may be formed because the n-type region serves as a carrier path.
- the channel region 108i has a stacked structure, and the side surface of the channel region 108i in the channel width (W) direction is covered with one layer of the stacked structure.
- defects on the side surface of the channel region 108i or the vicinity thereof can be suppressed, or adhesion of impurities to the side surface of the channel region 108i or the vicinity thereof can be reduced.
- FIG. 53A illustrates an example of a band structure in the film thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110.
- FIG. 53B illustrates an example of a band structure in the film thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_2 and 108_3, and the insulating film 110.
- FIG. 53C illustrates an example of a band structure in the film thickness direction of a stacked structure including the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_2, and the insulating film 110.
- the band structure indicates the energy level (Ec) of the lower end of the conduction band of the insulating film 104, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1, 108_2, and 108_3, and the insulating film 110 for easy understanding.
- An oxide semiconductor formed using an oxide semiconductor film formed using a metal oxide target in which the atomic ratio of metal elements is In: Ga: Zn 4: 2: 4.1 as the oxide semiconductor film 108_2
- An oxide semiconductor film formed using a metal oxide target in which the atomic ratio of metal elements is In: Ga: Zn 1: 3: 2 is used as the oxide semiconductor film 108_3 It is a band figure of the structure using a film
- An oxide semiconductor formed using an oxide semiconductor film formed using a metal oxide target in which the atomic ratio of metal elements is In: Ga: Zn 4: 2: 4.1 as the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 It is a band figure of the structure using a film
- the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently.
- the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently.
- the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band changes gently. In other words, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band continuously changes or continuously joins.
- a trap center or a recombination center is formed at the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_1 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 or the interface between the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the oxide semiconductor film 108_3. It is assumed that there is no impurity that forms such a defect level.
- each film is continuously formed without being exposed to the air using a multi-chamber film formation apparatus (sputtering apparatus) including a load lock chamber. It is necessary to laminate them.
- sputtering apparatus sputtering apparatus
- the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a well, and it is found that a channel region is formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in the transistor using the above stacked structure.
- defect states that can be formed in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 can be separated from the oxide semiconductor film 108_2.
- the defect level may be farther from the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functioning as a channel region, and electrons are likely to accumulate in the defect level. . Accumulation of electrons at the defect level results in a negative fixed charge, and the threshold voltage of the transistor shifts in the positive direction. Therefore, it is preferable that the defect level be closer to the vacuum level than the energy level (Ec) at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Thus, electrons are less likely to accumulate at the defect level, the on-state current of the transistor can be increased, and field effect mobility can be increased.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 each have an energy level at the lower end of the conduction band that is closer to the vacuum level than the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. Typically, the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2. And the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less.
- the difference between the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 and the electron affinity of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is 0.15 eV or more, 0.5 eV or more, 2 eV or less, or 1 eV or less.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 becomes a main current path.
- the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 functions as a channel region
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 function as oxide insulating films.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are preferably formed using one or more metal elements included in the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 in which a channel region is formed.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are formed using a material with sufficiently low conductivity in order to prevent the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 from functioning as part of the channel region. Therefore, the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 can also be referred to as oxide insulating films because of their physical properties and / or functions.
- the electron affinity difference between the vacuum level and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band
- the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band is an oxide.
- a material having a difference (band offset) from the lower energy level of the conduction band of the semiconductor film 108_2 is used.
- the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is determined so that the conduction level of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 is reduced. It is preferable to use a material closer to the vacuum level than the energy level at the lower end of the band.
- the difference between the energy level at the bottom of the conduction band of the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 and the energy level at the bottom of the conduction bands of the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 is 0.2 eV or more, preferably 0.5 eV or more. It is preferable.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 do not include a spinel crystal structure.
- the constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b enter the oxide semiconductor film 108_2 at the interface between the spinel crystal structure and another region. May diffuse.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 be a CAAC-OS to be described later because the blocking properties of constituent elements of the conductive films 120a and 120b, for example, a copper element are increased.
- the configuration using the film is exemplified, the configuration is not limited thereto.
- the oxide semiconductor films 108_1 and 108_3 are preferable because the difference from the energy level at the lower end of the conduction band can be 0.6 eV or more.
- Transistor Configuration Example 1> 54A is a top view of the transistor 300A
- FIG. 54B corresponds to a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 54A
- FIG. 54C is a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. It corresponds to. Note that in FIG. 54A, some components (such as an insulating film functioning as a gate insulating film) are not illustrated in order to avoid complexity.
- the direction of the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 may be referred to as a channel length direction, and the direction of the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 may be referred to as a channel width direction. Note that in the top view of the transistor, some components may be omitted in the following drawings as in FIG. 54A.
- 54A to 54C includes a conductive film 304 over a substrate 302, an insulating film 306 over the substrate 302 and the conductive film 304, an insulating film 307 over the insulating film 306, and an oxide semiconductor over the insulating film 307.
- a film 308, a conductive film 312a over the oxide semiconductor film 308, and a conductive film 312b over the oxide semiconductor film 308 are included.
- insulating films 314 and 316 and an insulating film 318 are provided over the transistor 300A, more specifically, over the conductive films 312a and 312b and the oxide semiconductor film 308.
- the insulating films 306 and 307 function as gate insulating films of the transistor 300A, and the insulating films 314, 316, and 318 function as protective insulating films of the transistor 300A.
- the conductive film 304 functions as a gate electrode
- the conductive film 312a functions as a source electrode
- the conductive film 312b functions as a drain electrode.
- the insulating films 306 and 307 may be referred to as a first insulating film, the insulating films 314 and 316 as a second insulating film, and the insulating film 318 as a third insulating film, respectively. is there.
- the transistor 300A illustrated in FIGS. 54A to 54C has a channel etch type structure.
- the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention can be favorably used for a channel-etched transistor.
- Transistor configuration example 2> 55A is a top view of the transistor 300B
- FIG. 55B corresponds to a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 shown in FIG. 55A
- FIG. 55C is a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. It corresponds to.
- 55A to 55C includes a conductive film 304 over a substrate 302, an insulating film 306 over the substrate 302 and the conductive film 304, an insulating film 307 over the insulating film 306, and an oxide semiconductor over the insulating film 307.
- the oxide semiconductor film 308 is electrically connected to the film 308, the insulating film 314 over the oxide semiconductor film 308, the insulating film 316 over the insulating film 314, and the opening 341a provided in the insulating film 314 and the insulating film 316.
- a conductive film 312b electrically connected to the oxide semiconductor film 308 through an opening 341b provided in the insulating film 314 and the insulating film 316.
- An insulating film 318 is provided over the transistor 300B, more specifically, over the conductive films 312a and 312b and the insulating film 316.
- the insulating films 306 and 307 function as gate insulating films of the transistor 300B, and the insulating films 314 and 316 have functions as protective insulating films of the oxide semiconductor film 308.
- the film 318 functions as a protective insulating film of the transistor 300B.
- the conductive film 304 functions as a gate electrode
- the conductive film 312a functions as a source electrode
- the conductive film 312b functions as a drain electrode.
- the oxide semiconductor film of one embodiment of the present invention can be favorably used for a channel protection transistor.
- Transistor Structure Example 3> 56A is a top view of the transistor 300C
- FIG. 56B corresponds to a cross-sectional view taken along the dashed-dotted line X1-X2 in FIG. 56A
- FIG. 56C is between the dashed-dotted line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. It corresponds to a cross-sectional view.
- the transistor 300C illustrated in FIGS. 56A to 56C is different from the transistor 300B illustrated in FIGS. 55A to 55C in the shapes of the insulating films 314 and 316. Specifically, the insulating films 314 and 316 of the transistor 300C are provided in an island shape over the channel region of the oxide semiconductor film 308. Other structures are similar to those of the transistor 300B.
- Transistor Configuration Example 4> 57A is a top view of the transistor 300D
- FIG. 57B corresponds to a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 shown in FIG. 57A
- FIG. 57C is a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. It corresponds to.
- a transistor 300D illustrated in FIGS. 57A to 57C includes a conductive film 304 over a substrate 302, an insulating film 306 over the substrate 302 and the conductive film 304, an insulating film 307 over the insulating film 306, and an oxide semiconductor over the insulating film 307.
- the conductive film 312a over the oxide semiconductor film 308, the conductive film 312b over the oxide semiconductor film 308, the insulating film 314 over the oxide semiconductor film 308 and the conductive films 312a and 312b, and the insulating film 314
- the upper insulating film 316, the insulating film 318 on the insulating film 316, and the conductive films 320a and 320b on the insulating film 318 are included.
- the insulating films 306 and 307 function as a first gate insulating film of the transistor 300D
- the insulating films 314, 316, and 318 function as a second gate insulating film of the transistor 300D.
- the conductive film 304 has a function as a first gate electrode
- the conductive film 320a has a function as a second gate electrode
- the conductive film 320b is a pixel used for a display device. It has a function as an electrode.
- the conductive film 312a functions as a source electrode
- the conductive film 312b functions as a drain electrode.
- the conductive film 320a is connected to the conductive film 304 at openings 342b and 342c provided in the insulating films 306, 307, 314, 316, and 318. Therefore, the same potential is applied to the conductive film 320a and the conductive film 304.
- the opening portions 342b and 342c are provided and the conductive film 320a and the conductive film 304 are connected to each other, but the invention is not limited thereto.
- a structure in which only one of the opening 342b and the opening 342c is formed and the conductive film 320a and the conductive film 304 are connected, or the conductive film 320a without the opening 342b and the opening 342c is provided.
- the conductive film 304 may not be connected. Note that in the case where the conductive film 320a and the conductive film 304 are not connected to each other, different potentials can be applied to the conductive film 320a and the conductive film 304, respectively.
- the conductive film 320b is connected to the conductive film 312b through the opening 342a provided in the insulating films 314, 316, and 318.
- transistor 300D has the S-channel structure described above.
- the oxide semiconductor film 308 included in the transistor 300A illustrated in FIGS. 54A to 54C may have a stacked structure. An example in that case is shown in FIGS. 58A and 58B and FIGS. 59A and 59B.
- FIGS. 59A and 59B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 300E
- FIGS. 59A and 59B are cross-sectional views of the transistor 300F. Note that top views of the transistors 300E and 300F are similar to the top view of the transistor 300A illustrated in FIG. 54A.
- the oxide semiconductor film 308 included in the transistor 300E illustrated in FIGS. 58A and 58B includes an oxide semiconductor film 308_1, an oxide semiconductor film 308_2, and an oxide semiconductor film 308_3.
- An oxide semiconductor film 308 included in the transistor 300F illustrated in FIGS. 59A and 59B includes an oxide semiconductor film 308_2 and an oxide semiconductor film 308_3.
- the conductive film 304, the insulating film 306, the insulating film 307, the oxide semiconductor film 308, the oxide semiconductor film 308_1, the oxide semiconductor film 308_2, the oxide semiconductor film 308_3, the conductive films 312a and 312b, the insulating film 314, and the insulating film 316, the insulating film 318, and the conductive films 320a and 320b include the conductive film 106, the insulating film 116, the insulating film 114, the oxide semiconductor film 108, the oxide semiconductor film 108_1, the oxide semiconductor film 108_2, and the like described above, respectively.
- a material similar to that of the oxide semiconductor film 108_3, the conductive films 120a and 120b, the insulating film 104, the insulating film 118, the insulating film 116, and the conductive film 112 can be used.
- FIG. 60A is a top view of the transistor 300G
- FIG. 60B corresponds to a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 shown in FIG. 60A
- FIG. 60C is a cross-sectional view taken along the alternate long and short dash line Y1-Y2 shown in FIG. It corresponds to.
- a transistor 300G illustrated in FIGS. 60A to 60C includes a conductive film 304 over a substrate 302, an insulating film 306 over the substrate 302 and the conductive film 304, an insulating film 307 over the insulating film 306, and an oxide semiconductor over the insulating film 307.
- An insulating film 316 over the film 314, a conductive film 320a over the insulating film 316, and a conductive film 320b over the insulating film 316 are included.
- the insulating film 306 and the insulating film 307 have an opening 351, and a conductive film 312c that is electrically connected to the conductive film 304 through the opening 351 is formed over the insulating film 306 and the insulating film 307. Is done.
- the insulating film 314 and the insulating film 316 include an opening 352a reaching the conductive film 312b and an opening 352b reaching the conductive film 312c.
- the oxide semiconductor film 308 includes an oxide semiconductor film 308_2 on the conductive film 304 side and an oxide semiconductor film 308_3 over the oxide semiconductor film 308_2.
- an insulating film 318 is provided over the transistor 300G.
- the insulating film 318 is formed so as to cover the insulating film 316, the conductive film 320a, and the conductive film 320b.
- the insulating films 306 and 307 have a function as a first gate insulating film of the transistor 300G, and the insulating films 314 and 316 have a function as a second gate insulating film of the transistor 300G.
- the insulating film 318 functions as a protective insulating film of the transistor 300G.
- the conductive film 304 functions as a first gate electrode
- the conductive film 320a functions as a second gate electrode
- the conductive film 320b is a pixel used for a display device. It has a function as an electrode.
- the conductive film 312a functions as a source electrode
- the conductive film 312b functions as a drain electrode.
- the conductive film 312c functions as a connection electrode.
- transistor 300G has the S-channel structure described above.
- the structures of the transistors 300A to 300G may be freely combined and used.
- FIG. 61 is a cross-sectional view in the channel length (L) direction of an example in which the transistor 300D described in Embodiment 3 and the transistor 100B described in Embodiment 2 are stacked.
- the arrangement area of the transistors can be reduced.
- the pixel density of the display device can be increased. For example, even when the pixel density of the display device exceeds 1000 ppi (pixel per inch) or the pixel density of the display device exceeds 2000 ppi, the arrangement shown in FIG. Can do. Note that ppi is a unit representing the number of pixels per inch.
- the structure is partially different from the structure described above.
- the transistor 300D is different from the above configuration in the following configuration.
- a transistor 300D illustrated in FIG. 61 includes an insulating film 319 and an insulating film 110a between the insulating film 318 and the conductive film 320a.
- the insulating film 319 a material shown in the insulating film 314 or the insulating film 316 can be used.
- the insulating film 319 is provided so that the oxide semiconductor film 108 and the insulating film 318 are not in contact with each other.
- the insulating film 110a is formed by processing the same insulating film as the insulating film 110. Note that the conductive film 320a included in the transistor 300D and the conductive film 112 included in the transistor 100B are formed by processing the same conductive film.
- the transistor 100B illustrated in FIG. 61 includes a conductive film 312c instead of the conductive film 106.
- the transistor 100 ⁇ / b> B illustrated in FIG. 61 includes insulating films 314, 316, 318, and 319 instead of the insulating film 104.
- the manufacturing process of the transistor can be shortened.
- a conductive film 344 is connected to the conductive film 120b of the transistor 100B. Note that the conductive film 344 is electrically connected to the conductive film 120 b through an opening 342 provided in the insulating film 122.
- the conductive film 344 may be formed using a material that can be used for the conductive film 320a. Note that the conductive film 344 functions as a pixel electrode of the display device.
- FIG. 61 the case where the transistor 300D and the transistor 100B have a stacked structure has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it is good also as a structure shown in FIG.62 and FIG.63.
- FIG. 62 is a cross-sectional view in the channel length (L) direction of an example in the case where the transistor 950 and the transistor 300A described in Embodiment 3 are stacked.
- a transistor 950 illustrated in FIG. 62 includes a substrate 952, an insulating film 954 over the substrate 952, a semiconductor film 956 over the insulating film 954, an insulating film 958 over the semiconductor film 956, and a conductive film 960 over the insulating film 958.
- the insulating film 962 over the insulating film 964, the insulating film 964 over the insulating film 962, and the conductive films 966 a and 966 b electrically connected to the semiconductor film 956.
- An insulating film 968 is provided over the transistor 950.
- the semiconductor film 956 includes silicon.
- the semiconductor film 956 preferably includes crystalline silicon.
- the transistor 950 is a transistor using so-called low-temperature polysilicon.
- a transistor using low-temperature polysilicon is preferably used for a driver circuit portion of a display device because high field-effect mobility can be obtained.
- the transistor 300A is preferably used for the pixel portion of the display device, for example, because power consumption can be suppressed.
- the substrate 952 a glass substrate, a plastic substrate, or the like can be used as the substrate 952.
- the insulating film 954 functions as a base insulating film of the transistor 950.
- a silicon oxide film, a silicon nitride film, a silicon oxynitride film, a silicon nitride oxide, or the like can be used.
- the insulating film 958 functions as a gate insulating film of the transistor 950.
- the materials listed for the insulating film 954 can be used.
- the conductive film 960 functions as a gate electrode of the transistor 950.
- the conductive film 960 can be formed using the same material as the conductive films 312a, 312b, 120a, and 120b described in the above embodiment.
- the insulating films 962, 964, and 968 have a function as a protective insulating film of the transistor 950.
- the conductive films 966a and 966b function as a source electrode and a drain electrode of the transistor 950.
- the same material as the conductive films 312a, 312b, 120a, and 120b described in the above embodiment can be used.
- an insulating film 970 and an insulating film 972 are provided between the transistor 950 and the transistor 300A.
- An insulating film 974 is provided to cover the transistor 300A.
- the insulating film 970 functions as a barrier film. Specifically, the insulating film 970 is formed so that an impurity included in the transistor 950, such as hydrogen, does not enter the transistor 300A side.
- the insulating film 972 functions as a base insulating film of the transistor 300A.
- the insulating film 970 for example, a material that releases hydrogen less and suppresses hydrogen diffusion is preferable. Examples of the material include silicon nitride and aluminum oxide.
- the insulating film 972 preferably contains excess oxygen, for example.
- a material shown in the insulating films 314 and 316 can be used.
- the structure in which the transistor 950 and the transistor 300A do not overlap with each other is not limited to this.
- the channel region of the transistor 950 and the channel region of the transistor 300A may be disposed to overlap.
- An example of this case is shown in FIG. FIG. 63 is a cross-sectional view in the channel length (L) direction of an example in the case where the transistor 950 and the transistor 300A have a stacked structure. With the structure shown in FIG. 63, the arrangement area of the transistors can be further reduced.
- the transistor 950 and the other transistors described in Embodiments 2 and 3 may have a stacked structure.
- the metal oxide film of one embodiment of the present invention can be favorably used for a structure in which transistors with various shapes are stacked.
- FIG. 64 is a top view showing an example of the display device.
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 64 includes a pixel portion 702 provided over a first substrate 701, a source driver circuit portion 704 and a gate driver circuit portion 706 provided over the first substrate 701, a pixel portion 702,
- the sealant 712 is disposed so as to surround the source driver circuit portion 704 and the gate driver circuit portion 706, and the second substrate 705 is provided so as to face the first substrate 701.
- the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705 are sealed with a sealant 712. That is, the pixel portion 702, the source driver circuit portion 704, and the gate driver circuit portion 706 are sealed with the first substrate 701, the sealant 712, and the second substrate 705.
- a display element is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
- the display device 700 includes a pixel portion 702, a source driver circuit portion 704, and a gate driver circuit portion 706 that are electrically connected to regions different from the region surrounded by the sealant 712 over the first substrate 701.
- FPC terminal portion 708 Flexible printed circuit
- an FPC 716 is connected to the FPC terminal portion 708, and various signals are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the source driver circuit portion 704, and the gate driver circuit portion 706 by the FPC 716.
- a signal line 710 is connected to each of the pixel portion 702, the source driver circuit portion 704, the gate driver circuit portion 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708.
- Various signals and the like supplied by the FPC 716 are supplied to the pixel portion 702, the source driver circuit portion 704, the gate driver circuit portion 706, and the FPC terminal portion 708 through the signal line 710.
- a plurality of gate driver circuit portions 706 may be provided in the display device 700.
- the display device 700 an example in which the source driver circuit portion 704 and the gate driver circuit portion 706 are formed over the same first substrate 701 as the pixel portion 702 is shown; however, the display device 700 is not limited to this structure.
- only the gate driver circuit portion 706 may be formed on the first substrate 701, or only the source driver circuit portion 704 may be formed on the first substrate 701.
- a substrate on which a source driver circuit, a gate driver circuit, or the like is formed eg, a driver circuit substrate formed of a single crystal semiconductor film or a polycrystalline semiconductor film
- a connection method of a separately formed drive circuit board is not particularly limited, and a COG (Chip On Glass) method, a wire bonding method, or the like can be used.
- the pixel portion 702, the source driver circuit portion 704, and the gate driver circuit portion 706 included in the display device 700 include a plurality of transistors.
- the display device 700 can have various elements.
- the element include, for example, an electroluminescence (EL) element (an EL element including an organic substance and an inorganic substance, an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, and the like), a light-emitting transistor (a transistor that emits light in response to current), and electron emission.
- EL electroluminescence
- Element liquid crystal element, electronic ink element, electrophoretic element, electrowetting element, plasma display panel (PDP), MEMS (micro electro mechanical system) display (for example, grating light valve (GLV), digital micromirror device (DMD), digital micro shutter (DMS) element, interference modulation (IMOD) element, etc.), piezoelectric ceramic display and the like.
- An example of a display device using an EL element is an EL display.
- a display device using an electron-emitting device there is a field emission display (FED), a SED type flat display (SED: Surface-conduction Electron-emitter Display), or the like.
- FED field emission display
- SED SED type flat display
- a display device using a liquid crystal element there is a liquid crystal display (a transmissive liquid crystal display, a transflective liquid crystal display, a reflective liquid crystal display, a direct view liquid crystal display, a projection liquid crystal display) and the like.
- An example of a display device using an electronic ink element or an electrophoretic element is electronic paper.
- part or all of the pixel electrode may have a function as a reflective electrode.
- part or all of the pixel electrode may have aluminum, silver, or the like.
- a memory circuit such as an SRAM can be provided under the reflective electrode. Thereby, power consumption can be further reduced.
- the color elements controlled by the pixels when performing color display are not limited to three colors of RGB (R represents red, G represents green, and B represents blue).
- RGB red
- G represents green
- B represents blue
- it may be composed of four pixels: an R pixel, a G pixel, a B pixel, and a W (white) pixel.
- one color element may be configured by two colors of RGB, and two different colors may be selected and configured depending on the color element.
- one or more colors such as yellow, cyan, and magenta may be added to RGB.
- the size of the display area may be different for each dot of the color element.
- the disclosed invention is not limited to a display device for color display, and can be applied to a display device for monochrome display.
- a colored layer (also referred to as a color filter) may be used in order to display white light (W) in a backlight (an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, a fluorescent lamp, or the like) and display a full color display device.
- a backlight an organic EL element, an inorganic EL element, an LED, a fluorescent lamp, or the like
- red (R), green (G), blue (B), yellow (Y), and the like can be used in appropriate combination for the colored layer.
- the colored layer the color reproducibility can be increased as compared with the case where the colored layer is not used.
- white light in a region having no colored layer may be directly used for display by arranging a region having a colored layer and a region having no colored layer.
- a decrease in luminance due to the colored layer can be reduced during bright display, and power consumption can be reduced by about 20% to 30%.
- a self-luminous element such as an organic EL element or an inorganic EL element
- R, G, B, Y, and W may be emitted from elements having respective emission colors.
- power consumption may be further reduced as compared with the case where a colored layer is used.
- colorization method in addition to a method (color filter method) in which part of the light emission from the white light emission described above is converted into red, green, and blue through a color filter, red, green, and blue light emission is performed.
- a method of using each (three-color method) or a method of converting a part of light emission from blue light emission into red or green (color conversion method, quantum dot method) may be applied.
- FIGS. 65 and 66 are cross-sectional views taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 64, in which a liquid crystal element is used as a display element.
- FIG. 67 is a cross-sectional view taken along one-dot chain line QR shown in FIG. 64 and has a configuration using an EL element as a display element.
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIGS. 65 to 67 includes a lead wiring portion 711, a pixel portion 702, a source driver circuit portion 704, and an FPC terminal portion 708. Further, the lead wiring portion 711 includes a signal line 710. In addition, the pixel portion 702 includes a transistor 750 and a capacitor 790. In addition, the source driver circuit portion 704 includes a transistor 752.
- the transistor 750 and the transistor 752 have the same structure as the transistor 100B described above. Note that as the structures of the transistor 750 and the transistor 752, other transistors described in the above embodiment may be used.
- the transistor used in this embodiment includes an oxide semiconductor film which is highly purified and suppresses formation of oxygen vacancies.
- the transistor can have low off-state current. Therefore, the holding time of an electric signal such as an image signal can be increased, and the writing interval can be set longer in the power-on state. Therefore, since the frequency of the refresh operation can be reduced, there is an effect of suppressing power consumption.
- the transistor used in this embodiment can be driven at high speed because relatively high field-effect mobility can be obtained.
- the switching transistor in the pixel portion and the driver transistor used in the driver circuit portion can be formed over the same substrate. That is, since it is not necessary to use a semiconductor device formed of a silicon wafer or the like as a separate drive circuit, the number of parts of the semiconductor device can be reduced.
- a high-quality image can be provided by using a transistor that can be driven at high speed.
- the capacitor 790 includes a lower electrode formed through a step of processing the same conductive film as the conductive film that functions as the first gate electrode included in the transistor 750, and a conductive function that functions as a source electrode and a drain electrode included in the transistor 750. And an upper electrode formed through a process of processing the same conductive film as the film. Further, between the lower electrode and the upper electrode, an insulating film formed through a process of forming the same insulating film as the first gate insulating film of the transistor 750 and protection of the transistor 750 An insulating film formed through a step of forming the same insulating film as the insulating film functioning as the insulating film is provided. That is, the capacitor 790 has a stacked structure in which an insulating film functioning as a dielectric film is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes.
- a planarization insulating film 770 is provided over the transistor 750, the transistor 752, and the capacitor 790.
- the pixel portion 702 and the source driver circuit portion 704 may use different transistors. Specifically, a top-gate transistor is used for the pixel portion 702 and a bottom-gate transistor is used for the source driver circuit portion 704, or a bottom-gate transistor is used for the pixel portion 702, and the source driver circuit portion 704 is used. In addition, a configuration using a top gate type transistor can be given. Note that the source driver circuit portion 704 may be replaced with a gate driver circuit portion.
- the signal line 710 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistors 750 and 752. For example, when a material containing a copper element is used as the signal line 710, signal delay due to wiring resistance is small and display on a large screen is possible.
- the FPC terminal portion 708 includes a connection electrode 760, an anisotropic conductive film 780, and an FPC 716.
- the connection electrode 760 is formed through the same process as the conductive film functioning as the source and drain electrodes of the transistors 750 and 752.
- the connection electrode 760 is electrically connected to a terminal included in the FPC 716 through an anisotropic conductive film 780.
- first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705 for example, glass substrates can be used.
- a flexible substrate may be used as the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
- the flexible substrate include a plastic substrate.
- a structure body 778 is provided between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705.
- the structure body 778 is a columnar spacer obtained by selectively etching an insulating film, and is provided to control the distance (cell gap) between the first substrate 701 and the second substrate 705. Note that a spherical spacer may be used as the structure body 778.
- a light shielding film 738 functioning as a black matrix, a colored film 736 functioning as a color filter, and an insulating film 734 in contact with the light shielding film 738 and the colored film 736 are provided.
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 65 includes a liquid crystal element 775.
- the liquid crystal element 775 includes a conductive film 772, a conductive film 774, and a liquid crystal layer 776.
- the conductive film 774 is provided on the second substrate 705 side and functions as a counter electrode.
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 65 displays an image in which light transmission and non-transmission are controlled by changing the alignment state of the liquid crystal layer 776 depending on a voltage applied between the conductive films 772 and 774. Can do.
- the conductive film 772 is electrically connected to a conductive film functioning as a source electrode or a drain electrode included in the transistor 750.
- the conductive film 772 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770 and functions as a pixel electrode, that is, one electrode of a display element.
- a conductive film that is transparent to visible light or a conductive film that is reflective to visible light can be used.
- a material containing one kind selected from indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) may be used.
- a material containing aluminum or silver is preferably used.
- the display device 700 is a reflective liquid crystal display device. In the case where a conductive film that transmits visible light is used for the conductive film 772, the display device 700 is a transmissive liquid crystal display device.
- the driving method of the liquid crystal element can be changed by changing the structure over the conductive film 772.
- FIG. A display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 66 is an example of a configuration using a horizontal electric field method (eg, an FFS mode) as a driving method of a liquid crystal element.
- the insulating film 773 is provided over the conductive film 772
- the conductive film 774 is provided over the insulating film 773.
- the conductive film 774 functions as a common electrode (also referred to as a common electrode), and the alignment of the liquid crystal layer 776 is generated by an electric field generated between the conductive film 772 and the conductive film 774 through the insulating film 773.
- the state can be controlled.
- an alignment film may be provided on each of the conductive film 772 and / or the conductive film 774 on the side in contact with the liquid crystal layer 776.
- an optical member optical substrate
- a polarizing member such as a polarizing member, a retardation member, or an antireflection member
- circularly polarized light using a polarizing substrate and a retardation substrate may be used.
- a backlight, a sidelight, or the like may be used as the light source.
- thermotropic liquid crystal When a liquid crystal element is used as the display element, a thermotropic liquid crystal, a low molecular liquid crystal, a polymer liquid crystal, a polymer dispersed liquid crystal, a ferroelectric liquid crystal, an antiferroelectric liquid crystal, or the like can be used. These liquid crystal materials exhibit a cholesteric phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, an isotropic phase, and the like depending on conditions.
- a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase without using an alignment film may be used.
- the blue phase is one of the liquid crystal phases.
- the temperature of the cholesteric liquid crystal is increased, the blue phase appears immediately before the transition from the cholesteric phase to the isotropic phase. Since the blue phase appears only in a narrow temperature range, a liquid crystal composition mixed with several percent by weight or more of a chiral agent is used for the liquid crystal layer in order to improve the temperature range.
- a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent has a short response speed and is optically isotropic, so that alignment treatment is unnecessary.
- a liquid crystal material exhibiting a blue phase has a small viewing angle dependency.
- a liquid crystal element when used as a display element, a TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, an IPS (In-Plane-Switching) mode, an FFS (Fringe Field Switching) mode, an ASM (Axially Symmetrical MicroClip mode) A Compensated Birefringence mode, an FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, an AFLC (Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode, and the like can be used.
- TN Transmission Nematic
- IPS In-Plane-Switching
- FFS Frringe Field Switching
- ASM Analy Symmetrical MicroClip mode
- a Compensated Birefringence mode an FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal) mode
- an AFLC Antiferroelectric Liquid Crystal
- the display device 700 may be a normally black liquid crystal display device, for example, a transmissive liquid crystal display device employing a vertical alignment (VA) mode.
- VA vertical alignment
- MVA Multi-Domain Vertical Alignment
- PVA Power Planed Vertical Alignment
- ASV ASV mode
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 67 includes a light-emitting element 782.
- the light-emitting element 782 includes a conductive film 772, an EL layer 786, and a conductive film 788.
- a display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 67 can display an image when the EL layer 786 included in the light-emitting element 782 emits light.
- the EL layer 786 includes an organic compound or an inorganic compound such as a quantum dot.
- Examples of materials that can be used for the organic compound include fluorescent materials and phosphorescent materials.
- Examples of materials that can be used for the quantum dots include colloidal quantum dot materials, alloy type quantum dot materials, core / shell type quantum dot materials, and core type quantum dot materials.
- a material including an element group of Group 12 and Group 16, Group 13 and Group 15, or Group 14 and Group 16 may be used.
- a quantum dot material having an element such as aluminum (Al) may be used.
- the organic compound and the inorganic compound described above are formed using a method such as a vapor deposition method (including a vacuum vapor deposition method), a droplet discharge method (also referred to as an inkjet method), a coating method, a gravure printing method, or the like. Can do.
- the EL layer 786 may include a low molecular material, a medium molecular material (including an oligomer and a dendrimer), or a high molecular material.
- FIGS. 68A to 68D are cross-sectional views illustrating a method for manufacturing the EL layer 786.
- a conductive film 772 is formed over the planarization insulating film 770, and an insulating film 730 is formed so as to cover part of the conductive film 772 (see FIG. 68A).
- a droplet 784 is discharged from a droplet discharge device 783 to an exposed portion of the conductive film 772 which is an opening of the insulating film 730, so that a layer 785 containing a composition is formed.
- the droplet 784 is a composition containing a solvent and adheres to the conductive film 772 (see FIG. 68B).
- step of discharging the droplet 784 may be performed under reduced pressure.
- an EL layer 786 is formed by removing the solvent from the layer 785 containing the composition and solidifying the layer (see FIG. 68C).
- a conductive film 788 is formed over the EL layer 786 to form a light-emitting element 782 (see FIG. 68D).
- the EL layer 786 when the EL layer 786 is formed by a droplet discharge method, a composition can be selectively discharged, so that loss of materials can be reduced.
- a lithography process or the like for processing the shape since a lithography process or the like for processing the shape is not necessary, the process can be simplified and cost reduction can be achieved.
- the droplet discharge method described above is a general term for a device having means for discharging droplets such as a nozzle having a composition discharge port or a head having one or a plurality of nozzles.
- FIG. 69 is a conceptual diagram for explaining the droplet discharge device 1400.
- the droplet discharge device 1400 has droplet discharge means 1403.
- the droplet discharge unit 1403 includes a head 1405 and a head 1412.
- the head 1405 and the head 1412 are connected to the control means 1407, and can be drawn in a pre-programmed pattern by being controlled by the computer 1410.
- the drawing timing may be performed with reference to the marker 1411 formed on the substrate 1402, for example.
- the reference point may be determined based on the outer edge of the substrate 1402.
- the marker 1411 is detected by the image pickup means 1404, the digital signal converted by the image processing means 1409 is recognized by the computer 1410, a control signal is generated and sent to the control means 1407.
- an image sensor using a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) can be used as the imaging means 1404.
- Information on the pattern to be formed on the substrate 1402 is stored in the storage medium 1408. Based on this information, a control signal is sent to the control means 1407, and the individual heads 1405 and heads of the droplet discharge means 1403 are sent.
- 1412 can be individually controlled.
- the material to be discharged is supplied from the material supply source 1413 and the material supply source 1414 to the head 1405 and the head 1412 through piping.
- the interior of the head 1405 has a structure having a space filled with a liquid material as indicated by a dotted line 1406 and a nozzle that is a discharge port.
- the head 1412 has the same internal structure as the head 1405. If the nozzles of the head 1405 and the head 1412 have different sizes, different materials can be drawn simultaneously with different widths. A single head can discharge and draw multiple types of light emitting materials, and when drawing over a wide area, the same material can be simultaneously discharged and drawn from multiple nozzles to improve throughput. In the case of using a large substrate, the head 1405 and the head 1412 can freely scan the substrate in the directions of arrows X, Y, and Z shown in FIG. A plurality of the same patterns can be drawn on one substrate.
- the step of discharging the composition may be performed under reduced pressure.
- the substrate may be heated at the time of discharge.
- steps of drying and baking are performed.
- the drying and firing steps are both heat treatment steps, but their purpose, temperature and time are different.
- the drying process and the firing process are performed under normal pressure or reduced pressure by laser light irradiation, rapid thermal annealing, a heating furnace, or the like. Note that the timing of performing this heat treatment and the number of heat treatments are not particularly limited. In order to satisfactorily perform the drying and firing steps, the temperature at that time depends on the material of the substrate and the properties of the composition.
- the EL layer 786 can be formed using a droplet discharge device.
- an insulating film 730 is provided over the planarization insulating film 770 and the conductive film 772.
- the insulating film 730 covers part of the conductive film 772.
- the light-emitting element 782 has a top emission structure. Therefore, the conductive film 788 has a light-transmitting property and transmits light emitted from the EL layer 786.
- the top emission structure is illustrated, but is not limited thereto. For example, a bottom emission structure in which light is emitted to the conductive film 772 side or a dual emission structure in which light is emitted to both the conductive film 772 and the conductive film 788 can be used.
- a coloring film 736 is provided at a position overlapping with the light emitting element 782, and a light shielding film 738 is provided at a position overlapping with the insulating film 730, the lead wiring portion 711, and the source driver circuit portion 704. Further, the coloring film 736 and the light shielding film 738 are covered with an insulating film 734. A space between the light emitting element 782 and the insulating film 734 is filled with a sealing film 732. Note that in the display device 700 illustrated in FIG. 67, the structure in which the colored film 736 is provided is illustrated, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, in the case where the EL layer 786 is formed by separate coating, the coloring film 736 may not be provided.
- an input / output device may be provided in the display device 700 illustrated in FIGS.
- Examples of the input / output device include a touch panel.
- FIG. 66 shows a configuration in which the touch panel 791 is provided in the display device 700 shown in FIG. 66
- FIG. 71 shows a configuration in which the touch panel 791 is provided in the display device 700 shown in FIG.
- FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration in which the touch panel 791 is provided in the display device 700 shown in FIG. 66
- FIG. 71 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration in which the touch panel 791 is provided in the display device 700 shown in FIG.
- a touch panel 791 shown in FIGS. 70 and 71 is a so-called in-cell type touch panel provided between the substrate 705 and the colored film 736.
- the touch panel 791 may be formed on the substrate 705 side before the light shielding film 738 and the coloring film 736 are formed.
- the touch panel 791 includes a light-blocking film 738, an insulating film 792, an electrode 793, an electrode 794, an insulating film 795, an electrode 796, and an insulating film 797.
- a change in mutual capacitance between the electrode 793 and the electrode 794 can be detected when a detection target such as a finger or a stylus comes close.
- the intersection of the electrode 793 and the electrode 794 is clearly shown.
- the electrode 796 is electrically connected to two electrodes 793 sandwiching the electrode 794 through an opening provided in the insulating film 795.
- 70 and 71 exemplify the configuration in which the region where the electrode 796 is provided is provided in the pixel portion 702, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the region may be formed in the source driver circuit portion 704.
- the electrode 793 and the electrode 794 are provided in a region overlapping with the light shielding film 738. As shown in FIG. 70, the electrode 793 is preferably provided so as not to overlap with the liquid crystal element 775. In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 71, the electrode 793 is preferably provided so as not to overlap with the light-emitting element 782. In other words, the electrode 793 has an opening in a region overlapping with the light-emitting element 782 and the liquid crystal element 775. That is, the electrode 793 has a mesh shape. With such a structure, the electrode 793 can be configured not to block light emitted from the light-emitting element 782.
- the electrode 793 can have a structure that does not block light transmitted through the liquid crystal element 775. Therefore, since the reduction in luminance due to the arrangement of the touch panel 791 is extremely small, a display device with high visibility and low power consumption can be realized. Note that the electrode 794 may have a similar structure.
- a metal material with low visible light transmittance can be used for the electrode 793 and the electrode 794.
- a metal material with low visible light transmittance can be used for the electrode 793 and the electrode 794.
- the resistance of the electrode 793 and the electrode 794 can be reduced as compared with an electrode using an oxide material having a high visible light transmittance, and the sensor sensitivity of the touch panel can be improved.
- conductive nanowires may be used for the electrodes 793, 794, and 796.
- the nanowire may have an average diameter of 1 nm to 100 nm, preferably 5 nm to 50 nm, more preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
- metal nanowires such as Ag nanowire, Cu nanowire, or Al nanowire, or a carbon nanotube etc. may be used.
- the light transmittance in visible light can be 89% or more
- the sheet resistance value can be 40 ⁇ / ⁇ or more and 100 ⁇ / ⁇ or less.
- the present invention is not limited to this.
- a so-called on-cell touch panel formed over the display device 700 or a so-called out-cell touch panel used by being attached to the display device 700 may be used.
- the display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in combination with various forms of touch panels.
- Example of transistor structure suitable for miniaturization> 72A to 72C illustrate an example of the transistor 200.
- FIG. 72A is a top view of the transistor 200.
- 72B is a cross-sectional view corresponding to the alternate long and short dash line X1-X2 shown in FIG. 72A
- FIG. 72C is a cross-sectional view corresponding to Y1-Y2.
- the transistor 200 includes a conductor 205 (a conductor 205a and a conductor 205b) that functions as a gate electrode, a conductor 260 (a conductor 260a and a conductor 260b), an insulator 220 that functions as a gate insulating layer, and an insulator. 222, the insulator 224, and the insulator 250, the oxide semiconductor 230 having a region where a channel is formed, a conductor 240a functioning as one of a source and a drain, and a conductor 240b functioning as the other of a source and a drain And an insulator 280 having excess oxygen.
- the oxide semiconductor 230 includes an oxide semiconductor 230a, an oxide semiconductor 230b over the oxide semiconductor 230a, and an oxide semiconductor 230c over the oxide semiconductor 230b. Note that when the transistor 200 is turned on, a current flows mainly in the oxide semiconductor 230b (a channel is formed). On the other hand, in the oxide semiconductor 230a and the oxide semiconductor 230c, a current may flow near the interface with the oxide semiconductor 230b (which may be a mixed region), but the other regions function as insulators. There is a case.
- 72A to 72C is a stacked structure in which a conductor 260 functioning as a gate electrode includes a conductor 260a and a conductor 260b.
- the insulator 270 is provided over the conductor 260 functioning as a gate electrode.
- the conductor 205 includes a metal film containing an element selected from molybdenum, titanium, tantalum, tungsten, aluminum, copper, chromium, neodymium, and scandium, or a metal nitride film containing any of the above-described elements (a titanium nitride film or a nitride film). Molybdenum film, tungsten nitride film) and the like. Or indium tin oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, indium tin oxide containing titanium oxide, indium zinc oxide, silicon oxide added It is also possible to apply a conductive material such as indium tin oxide.
- tantalum nitride which is a conductor having a barrier property against hydrogen
- tungsten having high conductivity may be stacked as the conductor 205b.
- diffusion of hydrogen into the oxide semiconductor 230 can be suppressed while maintaining conductivity as a wiring.
- 72A to 72C illustrate a two-layer structure of the conductor 205a and the conductor 205b; however, the structure is not limited thereto, and a single layer or a stacked structure including three or more layers may be used.
- the insulator 220 and the insulator 224 are preferably insulators containing oxygen, such as a silicon oxide film and a silicon oxynitride film.
- an insulator containing excess oxygen (containing oxygen in excess of the stoichiometric composition) is preferably used. By providing such an insulator containing excess oxygen in contact with the oxide included in the transistor 200, oxygen vacancies in the oxide can be compensated.
- the insulator 222 and the insulator 224 are not necessarily formed using the same material.
- the insulator 222 is formed of, for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium titanate (SrTiO 3 ), or (Ba,
- An insulator containing a so-called high-k material such as Sr) TiO 3 (BST) is preferably used in a single layer or a stacked layer.
- aluminum oxide, bismuth oxide, germanium oxide, niobium oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, yttrium oxide, or zirconium oxide may be added to these insulators.
- these insulators may be nitrided. Silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, or silicon nitride may be stacked over the above insulator.
- the insulator 222 may have a stacked structure of two or more layers. In that case, it is not limited to the laminated structure which consists of the same material, The laminated structure which consists of a different material may be sufficient.
- the insulator 222 By including the insulator 222 including a high-k material between the insulator 220 and the insulator 224, the insulator 222 can capture electrons under a specific condition and increase the threshold voltage. That is, the insulator 222 may be negatively charged.
- the operating temperature of the semiconductor device Or under a temperature higher than the storage temperature (eg, 125 ° C. or higher and 450 ° C. or lower, typically 150 ° C. or higher and 300 ° C. or lower), the potential of the conductor 205 is higher than the potential of the source electrode or the drain electrode.
- the potential of the conductor 205 is higher than the potential of the source electrode or the drain electrode.
- the threshold voltage of the transistor that captures an amount of electrons necessary for the electron trap level of the insulator 222 is shifted to the positive side. Note that the amount of electrons captured can be controlled by controlling the voltage of the conductor 205, and the threshold voltage can be controlled accordingly.
- the transistor 200 is a normally-off transistor that is non-conductive (also referred to as an off state) even when the gate voltage is 0 V.
- the process for capturing electrons may be performed in the process of manufacturing the transistor. For example, after formation of a conductor connected to the source or drain of a transistor, after completion of a previous process (wafer processing), after a wafer dicing process, after packaging, etc. Good.
- the threshold voltage can be controlled by appropriately adjusting the film thicknesses of the insulator 220, the insulator 222, and the insulator 224.
- a transistor with low leakage current when not conducting can be provided.
- a transistor having stable electrical characteristics can be provided.
- a transistor with high on-state current can be provided.
- a transistor with a small subthreshold swing value can be provided.
- a highly reliable transistor can be provided.
- the oxide semiconductor 230a, the oxide semiconductor 230b, and the oxide semiconductor 230c are formed using a metal oxide such as In-M-Zn oxide (M is Al, Ga, Y, or Sn). Further, as the oxide semiconductor 230, an In—Ga oxide or an In—Zn oxide may be used.
- the insulator 250 is formed of, for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, zirconium oxide, lead zirconate titanate (PZT), strontium titanate (SrTiO 3 ), or (Ba,
- An insulator containing a so-called high-k material such as Sr) TiO 3 (BST) can be used as a single layer or a stacked layer.
- aluminum oxide, bismuth oxide, germanium oxide, niobium oxide, silicon oxide, titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, yttrium oxide, or zirconium oxide may be added to these insulators.
- these insulators may be nitrided. Silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, or silicon nitride may be stacked over the above insulator.
- the insulator 250 it is preferable to use an oxide insulator containing oxygen in excess of the stoichiometric composition, like the insulator 224. By providing such an insulator containing excess oxygen in contact with the oxide semiconductor 230, oxygen vacancies in the oxide semiconductor 230 can be reduced.
- the insulator 250 has a barrier property against oxygen and hydrogen such as aluminum oxide, aluminum oxynitride, gallium oxide, gallium oxynitride, yttrium oxide, yttrium oxynitride, hafnium oxide, hafnium oxynitride, and silicon nitride.
- An insulating film can be used.
- the insulator 250 is formed using such a material, it functions as a layer which prevents release of oxygen from the oxide semiconductor 230 and entry of impurities such as hydrogen from the outside.
- the insulator 250 may have a stacked structure similar to that of the insulator 220, the insulator 222, and the insulator 224.
- the transistor 200 can shift the threshold voltage to the plus side.
- the transistor 200 is a normally-off transistor that is non-conductive (also referred to as an off state) even when the gate voltage is 0 V.
- a barrier film may be provided in addition to the insulator 250 between the oxide semiconductor 230 and the conductor 260.
- the oxide semiconductor 230c may have a barrier property.
- the oxide may be in a state that substantially matches the stoichiometric composition, or in a stoichiometric composition. It is possible to achieve a supersaturated state in which there are many. In addition, entry of impurities such as hydrogen into the oxide semiconductor 230 can be prevented.
- One of the conductor 240a and the conductor 240b functions as a source electrode, and the other functions as a drain electrode.
- the conductor 240a and the conductor 240b can be formed using a metal such as aluminum, titanium, chromium, nickel, copper, yttrium, zirconium, molybdenum, silver, tantalum, or tungsten, or an alloy containing the same as a main component. Further, although a single layer structure is shown in the figure, a stacked structure of two or more layers may be used.
- a titanium film and an aluminum film may be laminated.
- a two-layer structure in which an aluminum film is stacked on a tungsten film a two-layer structure in which a copper film is stacked on a copper-magnesium-aluminum alloy film, a two-layer structure in which a copper film is stacked on a titanium film, and a tungsten film
- a two-layer structure in which copper films are stacked may be used.
- a three-layer structure in which an aluminum film or a copper film is stacked on a titanium film or a titanium nitride film, and a titanium film or a titanium nitride film is stacked thereon, and an aluminum film or a copper film is further formed on a molybdenum film or a molybdenum nitride film, and further thereon
- a molybdenum film or a molybdenum nitride film is stacked.
- a transparent conductive material containing indium oxide, tin oxide, or zinc oxide may be used.
- the conductor 260 having a function as a gate electrode is, for example, a metal selected from aluminum, chromium, copper, tantalum, titanium, molybdenum, tungsten, an alloy containing the above-described metal as a component, or a combination of the above-described metals. It can be formed by using an alloy or the like. Further, a metal selected from one or more of manganese and zirconium may be used. Alternatively, a semiconductor typified by polycrystalline silicon doped with an impurity element such as phosphorus, or silicide such as nickel silicide may be used.
- a two-layer structure in which a titanium film is stacked on an aluminum film may be used.
- a two-layer structure in which a titanium film is stacked on a titanium nitride film, a two-layer structure in which a tungsten film is stacked on a titanium nitride film, and a two-layer structure in which a tungsten film is stacked on a tantalum nitride film or a tungsten nitride film are used. Also good.
- a three-layer structure in which an aluminum film is laminated on a titanium film and a titanium film is further laminated thereon may be used.
- an alloy film or a nitride film in which one or more metals selected from aluminum, titanium, tantalum, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, neodymium, and scandium are combined may be used.
- the conductor 260 includes indium tin oxide, indium oxide including tungsten oxide, indium zinc oxide including tungsten oxide, indium oxide including titanium oxide, indium tin oxide including titanium oxide, and indium zinc oxide.
- a light-transmitting conductive material such as indium tin oxide to which silicon oxide is added can be used.
- a stacked structure of the above light-transmitting conductive material and the above metal can be used.
- the conductor 260a is formed using a thermal CVD method, an MOCVD method, or an ALD method.
- a thermal CVD method an MOCVD method, or an ALD method.
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- the conductor 260b is formed using a highly conductive material such as tantalum, tungsten, copper, or aluminum.
- an insulator 270 is provided so as to cover the conductor 260.
- the insulator 270 is formed using a substance having a barrier property against oxygen in order to prevent the conductor 260 from being oxidized by the released oxygen. .
- a metal oxide such as aluminum oxide can be used for the insulator 270.
- the insulator 270 only needs to be provided with a thickness that prevents the conductor 260 from being oxidized.
- the thickness of the insulator 270 is 1 nm to 10 nm, preferably 3 nm to 7 nm.
- An insulator 280 is provided over the transistor 200.
- an insulator containing oxygen in excess of the stoichiometric composition is preferably used. That is, the insulator 280 is preferably formed with a region where oxygen is present in excess of the stoichiometric composition (hereinafter also referred to as an excess oxygen region).
- an insulator having an oxygen-excess region is provided as an interlayer film or the like in the vicinity of the transistor 200, whereby oxygen vacancies in the transistor 200 are reduced and reliability is improved. Can do.
- an oxide material from which part of oxygen is released by heating is preferably used as the insulator having an excess oxygen region.
- a material containing silicon oxide or silicon oxynitride is preferably used.
- a metal oxide can be used. Note that in this specification, silicon oxynitride refers to a material with a higher oxygen content than nitrogen, and silicon nitride oxide refers to a material with a higher nitrogen content than oxygen.
- the insulator 280 that covers the transistor 200 may function as a planarization film that covers the uneven shape below the transistor 280.
- 73 includes a transistor 400, a transistor 200, and a capacitor 410.
- the transistor 200 is a transistor in which a channel is formed in a semiconductor layer including an oxide semiconductor. Since the transistor 200 has a small off-state current, stored data can be held for a long time by using the transistor 200 for a semiconductor device (memory device). In other words, the semiconductor device (memory device) which does not require a refresh operation or has a very low frequency of the refresh operation can be used, so that power consumption can be sufficiently reduced.
- the semiconductor device includes a transistor 400, a transistor 200, and a capacitor 410 as shown in FIG.
- the transistor 200 is provided above the transistor 400
- the capacitor 410 is provided above the transistor 400 and the transistor 200.
- the transistor 400 includes a conductor 406, an insulator 404, a semiconductor region 402 formed of part of the substrate 401, a low resistance region 408a that functions as a source region and a drain region, and a low resistance region 408b. Have.
- the transistor 400 may be either a p-channel transistor or an n-channel transistor.
- the region where the channel of the semiconductor region 402 is formed, the region in the vicinity thereof, the low resistance region 408a and the low resistance region 408b which are the source region and the drain region preferably include a semiconductor such as a silicon-based semiconductor. It preferably contains crystalline silicon. Alternatively, a material containing Ge (germanium), SiGe (silicon germanium), GaAs (gallium arsenide), GaAlAs (gallium aluminum arsenide), or the like may be included. A structure using silicon in which effective mass is controlled by applying stress to the crystal lattice and changing the lattice spacing may be employed. Alternatively, the transistor 400 may be a HEMT (High Electron Mobility Transistor) by using GaAs, GaAlAs, or the like.
- HEMT High Electron Mobility Transistor
- the low-resistance region 408a and the low-resistance region 408b provide an n-type conductivity element such as arsenic or phosphorus, or a p-type conductivity property such as boron, in addition to the semiconductor material applied to the semiconductor region 402. Containing elements.
- the conductor 406 serving as a gate electrode includes a semiconductor material such as silicon, a metal material, an alloy containing an element imparting n-type conductivity such as arsenic or phosphorus, or an element imparting p-type conductivity such as boron.
- a conductive material such as a material or a metal oxide material can be used.
- the threshold voltage can be adjusted by determining the work function depending on the material of the conductor. Specifically, it is preferable to use a material such as titanium nitride or tantalum nitride for the conductor. Further, in order to achieve both conductivity and embeddability, it is preferable to use a metal material such as tungsten or aluminum as a laminate for the conductor, and tungsten is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance.
- transistor 400 illustrated in FIGS. 73A and 73B is an example and is not limited to the structure, and an appropriate transistor may be used depending on a circuit configuration or a driving method.
- the insulator 420, the insulator 422, the insulator 424, and the insulator 426 are sequentially stacked so as to cover the transistor 400.
- the insulator 420, the insulator 422, the insulator 424, and the insulator 426 for example, silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, aluminum oxynitride, aluminum nitride oxide, aluminum nitride, or the like is used. That's fine.
- the insulator 422 functions as a flattening film for flattening a step caused by the transistor 400 or the like provided thereunder.
- the top surface of the insulator 422 may be planarized by a planarization process using a chemical mechanical polishing (CMP) method or the like in order to improve planarity.
- CMP chemical mechanical polishing
- a film having a barrier property is preferably used so that hydrogen and impurities do not diffuse from the substrate 401, the transistor 400, or the like into a region where the transistor 200 is provided.
- silicon nitride formed by a CVD method can be used as an example of a film having a barrier property against hydrogen.
- silicon nitride formed by a CVD method when hydrogen diffuses into a semiconductor element including an oxide semiconductor such as the transistor 200, characteristics of the semiconductor element may be reduced. Therefore, a film for suppressing hydrogen diffusion is preferably used between the transistor 200 and the transistor 400.
- the film that suppresses the diffusion of hydrogen is a film with a small amount of hydrogen desorption.
- the insulator 426 preferably has a lower dielectric constant than the insulator 424.
- the dielectric constant of the insulator 426 is preferably less than 4, and more preferably less than 3.
- the dielectric constant of the insulator 424 is preferably 0.7 times or less, more preferably 0.6 times or less that of the insulator 426.
- the capacitor 410, the conductor 428 that is electrically connected to the transistor 200, the conductor 430, and the like are embedded.
- the conductor 428 and the conductor 430 function as plugs or wirings.
- the wiring and the plug electrically connected to the wiring may be integrated. That is, a part of the conductor may function as a wiring, and a part of the conductor may function as a plug.
- a conductive material such as a metal material, an alloy material, a metal nitride material, or a metal oxide material is used as a single layer or stacked layers. Can be used. It is preferable to use a high melting point material such as tungsten or molybdenum that has both heat resistance and conductivity, and it is preferable to use tungsten. Alternatively, it is preferable to use a low-resistance conductive material such as aluminum or copper. Wiring resistance can be lowered by using a low-resistance conductive material.
- the conductor 428 and the conductor 430 preferably include a conductor having a barrier property against hydrogen.
- a conductor having a barrier property against hydrogen is preferably formed in an opening portion of the insulator 424 having a barrier property against hydrogen.
- tantalum nitride may be used as the conductor having a barrier property against hydrogen. Further, by stacking tantalum nitride and tungsten having high conductivity, diffusion of hydrogen from the transistor 400 can be suppressed while maintaining conductivity as a wiring.
- the tantalum nitride layer having a barrier property against hydrogen is preferably in contact with the insulator 424 having a barrier property against hydrogen.
- a wiring layer may be provided over the insulator 426 and the conductor 430.
- an insulator 450, an insulator 452, and an insulator 454 are stacked in this order.
- a conductor 456 is formed in the insulator 450, the insulator 452, and the insulator 454.
- the conductor 456 functions as a plug or a wiring. Note that the conductor 456 can be formed using a material similar to that of the conductor 428 and the conductor 430.
- the conductor 456 is preferably formed of a low resistance conductive material such as aluminum or copper. Wiring resistance can be lowered by using a low-resistance conductive material. Note that in the case where copper is used for the conductor 456, a conductor that suppresses copper diffusion is preferably stacked. As a conductor for suppressing copper diffusion, for example, an alloy containing tantalum such as tantalum or tantalum nitride, ruthenium, an alloy containing ruthenium, or the like may be used.
- the insulator 450 is preferably an insulator that suppresses copper diffusion or has a barrier property against oxygen and hydrogen.
- silicon nitride can be used as an example of an insulator that suppresses copper diffusion. Therefore, a material similar to that of the insulator 424 can be used.
- an insulator 458, an insulator 210, an insulator 212, and an insulator 214 are sequentially stacked. Any or all of the insulator 458, the insulator 210, the insulator 212, and the insulator 214 are preferably formed using a substance that suppresses copper diffusion or has a barrier property against oxygen or hydrogen. .
- a film having a barrier property so that copper, hydrogen, or an impurity does not diffuse from a region where the substrate 401 or the transistor 400 is provided to a region where the transistor 200 is provided for example.
- a material similar to that of the insulator 424 can be used.
- the insulator 210 can be formed using the same material as the insulator 420.
- a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can be used as the insulator 210.
- a metal oxide such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide for the insulator 214.
- aluminum oxide has a high blocking effect that prevents the film from permeating both oxygen and impurities such as hydrogen and moisture that cause fluctuations in the electrical characteristics of the transistor. Therefore, aluminum oxide can prevent impurities such as hydrogen and moisture from entering the transistor 200 during and after the manufacturing process of the transistor. In addition, aluminum oxide can suppress release of oxygen from the oxide included in the transistor 200. Therefore, aluminum oxide is suitable for use as a protective film for the transistor 200.
- An insulator 216 is provided over the insulator 214.
- the insulator 216 can be formed using a material similar to that of the insulator 420.
- a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, or the like can be used as the insulator 216.
- the insulator 458, the insulator 210, the insulator 212, the insulator 214, and the insulator 216 are embedded with a conductor 218, a conductor 205 included in the transistor 200, and the like.
- the conductor 218 functions as a plug or a wiring electrically connected to the capacitor 410 or the transistor 400.
- the conductor 218 can be formed using a material similar to that of the conductor 428 and the conductor 430.
- the insulator 458, the insulator 212, and the conductor 218 in a region in contact with the insulator 214 are preferably conductors that suppress copper diffusion or have barrier properties against oxygen, hydrogen, and water.
- the transistor 400 and the transistor 200 can be separated by a layer that suppresses copper diffusion or has a barrier property against oxygen, hydrogen, and water. That is, diffusion of copper from the conductor 456 can be suppressed, and diffusion of hydrogen from the transistor 400 to the transistor 200 can be suppressed.
- a transistor 200 and an insulator 280 are provided above the insulator 214.
- a transistor 200 illustrated in FIGS. 73A and 73B is an example and is not limited to the structure, and an appropriate transistor may be used depending on a circuit configuration or a driving method.
- an insulator 282, an insulator 284, and an insulator 470 are sequentially stacked.
- a conductor 244 and the like are embedded in the insulator 220, the insulator 222, the insulator 224, the insulator 280, the insulator 282, the insulator 284, and the insulator 470.
- a conductor 245 and the like which are connected to an upper conductor are provided over conductors such as the conductor 240a and the conductor 240b included in the transistor 200.
- the conductor 244 functions as a plug or a wiring electrically connected to the capacitor 410, the transistor 200, or the transistor 400.
- the conductor 244 can be formed using a material similar to that of the conductor 428 and the conductor 430.
- the insulator 282 can be formed using a material similar to that of the insulator 214.
- a material similar to that of the insulator 212 can be used.
- a metal oxide such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide is preferably used.
- aluminum oxide has a high blocking effect that prevents the film from permeating both oxygen and impurities such as hydrogen and moisture that cause fluctuations in the electrical characteristics of the transistor. Therefore, aluminum oxide can prevent impurities such as hydrogen and moisture from entering the transistor 200 during and after the manufacturing process of the transistor. In addition, aluminum oxide can suppress release of oxygen from the oxide included in the transistor 200. Therefore, aluminum oxide is suitable for use as a protective film for the transistor 200.
- a film having a barrier property is preferably used so that hydrogen and impurities do not diffuse from a region where the capacitor 410 is provided to a region where the transistor 200 is provided. Therefore, a material similar to that of the insulator 424 can be used.
- silicon nitride formed by a CVD method can be used as an example of a film having a barrier property against hydrogen.
- silicon nitride formed by a CVD method when hydrogen diffuses into a semiconductor element including an oxide semiconductor such as the transistor 200, characteristics of the semiconductor element may be reduced. Therefore, a film for suppressing hydrogen diffusion is preferably used between the transistor 200 and the transistor 400.
- the film that suppresses the diffusion of hydrogen is a film with a small amount of hydrogen desorption.
- the transistor 200 and the insulator 280 including an excess oxygen region are sandwiched between a stacked structure of the insulator 210, the insulator 212, and the insulator 214 and a stacked structure of the insulator 282 and the insulator 284. Can do.
- the insulator 210, the insulator 212, the insulator 214, the insulator 282, and the insulator 284 have a barrier property that suppresses diffusion of impurities such as oxygen, hydrogen, and water.
- the insulator 282 and the insulator 284 can suppress diffusion of oxygen released from the insulator 280 and the transistor 200 to the capacitor 410 or the layer where the transistor 400 is formed. Alternatively, diffusion of impurities such as hydrogen and water into the transistor 200 from a layer above the insulator 282 and a layer below the insulator 214 can be suppressed.
- an oxide in which a channel in the transistor 200 is formed can be an oxide semiconductor with low defect state density and stable characteristics. That is, variation in electrical characteristics of the transistor 200 can be suppressed and reliability can be improved.
- a capacitor element 410 and a conductor 474 are provided above the insulator 470.
- the capacitor 410 is provided over the insulator 470 and includes a conductor 462, an insulator 480, an insulator 482, an insulator 484, and a conductor 466.
- the conductor 474 functions as a plug or a wiring electrically connected to the capacitor 410, the transistor 200, or the transistor 400.
- a conductive material such as a metal material, an alloy material, or a metal oxide material can be used. It is preferable to use a high-melting-point material such as tungsten or molybdenum that has both heat resistance and conductivity, and it is particularly preferable to use tungsten. In the case of forming simultaneously with other structures such as a conductor, low resistance metal material such as copper or aluminum may be used.
- the conductor 474 can be formed using a material similar to that of the conductor 462 which functions as an electrode of the capacitor.
- An insulator 480, an insulator 482, and an insulator 484 are provided over the conductor 474 and the conductor 462.
- Examples of the insulator 480, the insulator 482, and the insulator 484 include silicon oxide, silicon oxynitride, silicon nitride oxide, silicon nitride, aluminum oxide, aluminum oxynitride, aluminum nitride oxide, aluminum nitride, hafnium oxide, hafnium oxynitride, Nitride hafnium oxide, hafnium nitride, or the like may be used. Note that although a three-layer structure is illustrated in the drawing, a single-layer structure, a two-layer structure, or a stacked structure including four or more layers may be used.
- a material having high dielectric strength such as silicon oxynitride is used for the insulator 480 and the insulator 482, and a high dielectric constant (high-k) material such as aluminum oxide and silicon oxynitride are used for the insulator 484. It is preferable to use a laminated structure with a material having a high dielectric strength such as.
- the capacitor 410 has a high dielectric constant (high-k) insulator, so that sufficient capacitance can be secured, and by having an insulator with high dielectric strength, the dielectric strength is improved, and the capacitance The electrostatic breakdown of the element 410 can be suppressed.
- a conductor 466 is provided over the conductor 462 with the insulator 480, the insulator 482, and the insulator 484 interposed therebetween.
- the conductor 466 can be formed using a conductive material such as a metal material, an alloy material, or a metal oxide material. It is preferable to use a high-melting-point material such as tungsten or molybdenum that has both heat resistance and conductivity, and it is particularly preferable to use tungsten. In the case of forming simultaneously with other structures such as a conductor, low resistance metal material such as copper or aluminum may be used.
- an insulator 480, an insulator 482, and an insulator 484 are provided so as to cover the upper surface and side surfaces of the conductor 462. Further, the conductor 466 is provided so as to cover the top surface and the side surface of the conductor 462 with the insulator 480, the insulator 482, and the insulator 484 interposed therebetween.
- the capacitance is formed also on the side surface of the conductor 462, the capacitance per projected area of the capacitive element can be increased. Therefore, the semiconductor device can be reduced in area, highly integrated, and miniaturized.
- An insulator 460 is provided over the conductor 466 and the insulator 484.
- the insulator 460 can be formed using a material similar to that of the insulator 420.
- the insulator 460 that covers the capacitor 410 may function as a planarization film that covers the uneven shape below the capacitor 460.
- a display device illustrated in FIG. 74A includes a region having pixels (hereinafter referred to as a pixel portion 502) and a circuit portion (hereinafter referred to as a drive circuit portion 504) that is disposed outside the pixel portion 502 and includes a circuit for driving the pixels. ), A circuit having a function of protecting an element (hereinafter referred to as a protection circuit 506), and a terminal portion 507. Note that the protection circuit 506 may be omitted.
- part or all of the drive circuit portion 504 is formed on the same substrate as the pixel portion 502. Thereby, the number of parts and the number of terminals can be reduced.
- part or all of the driver circuit portion 504 is formed by COG or TAB (Tape Automated Bonding). Can be implemented.
- the pixel portion 502 includes a circuit (hereinafter referred to as a pixel circuit 501) for driving a plurality of display elements arranged in X rows (X is a natural number of 2 or more) and Y columns (Y is a natural number of 2 or more).
- the driver circuit portion 504 outputs a signal for selecting a pixel (scanning signal) (hereinafter referred to as a gate driver 504a) and a circuit for supplying a signal (data signal) for driving a display element of the pixel (a data signal).
- a drive circuit such as a source driver 504b).
- the gate driver 504a has a shift register and the like.
- the gate driver 504a receives a signal for driving the shift register via the terminal portion 507, and outputs a signal.
- the gate driver 504a receives a start pulse signal, a clock signal, and the like and outputs a pulse signal.
- the gate driver 504a has a function of controlling the potential of a wiring to which a scan signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as scan lines GL_1 to GL_X).
- scan lines GL_1 to GL_X a plurality of gate drivers 504a may be provided, and the scanning lines GL_1 to GL_X may be divided and controlled by the plurality of gate drivers 504a.
- the gate driver 504a has a function of supplying an initialization signal.
- the present invention is not limited to this, and the gate driver 504a can supply another signal.
- the source driver 504b has a shift register and the like. In addition to a signal for driving the shift register, the source driver 504b receives a signal (image signal) as a source of a data signal through the terminal portion 507.
- the source driver 504b has a function of generating a data signal to be written in the pixel circuit 501 based on the image signal.
- the source driver 504b has a function of controlling output of a data signal in accordance with a pulse signal obtained by inputting a start pulse, a clock signal, or the like.
- the source driver 504b has a function of controlling the potential of a wiring to which a data signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as data lines DL_1 to DL_Y).
- the source driver 504b has a function of supplying an initialization signal.
- the present invention is not limited to this, and the source driver 504b can supply another signal.
- the source driver 504b is configured using a plurality of analog switches, for example.
- the source driver 504b can output a signal obtained by time-dividing the image signal as a data signal by sequentially turning on the plurality of analog switches. Further, the source driver 504b may be configured using a shift register or the like.
- Each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501 receives a pulse signal through one of the plurality of scanning lines GL to which the scanning signal is applied, and receives the data signal through one of the plurality of data lines DL to which the data signal is applied. Entered.
- writing and holding of data signals are controlled by the gate driver 504a.
- the pixel circuit 501 in the m-th row and the n-th column receives a pulse signal from the gate driver 504a through the scanning line GL_m (m is a natural number less than or equal to X), and the data line DL_n (n) according to the potential of the scanning line GL_m. Is a natural number less than or equal to Y), a data signal is input from the source driver 504b.
- the protection circuit 506 shown in FIG. 74A is connected to a scanning line GL that is a wiring between the gate driver 504a and the pixel circuit 501, for example.
- the protection circuit 506 is connected to a data line DL that is a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the pixel circuit 501.
- the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the gate driver 504 a and the terminal portion 507.
- the protection circuit 506 can be connected to a wiring between the source driver 504 b and the terminal portion 507.
- the terminal portion 507 is a portion where a terminal for inputting a power supply, a control signal, and an image signal from an external circuit to the display device is provided.
- the protection circuit 506 is a circuit that brings the wiring and another wiring into a conductive state when a potential outside a certain range is applied to the wiring to which the protection circuit 506 is connected.
- the protection circuit 506 in each of the pixel portion 502 and the drive circuit portion 504, resistance of the display device to overcurrent generated by ESD (Electro Static Discharge) can be increased.
- ESD Electro Static Discharge
- the configuration of the protection circuit 506 is not limited thereto, and for example, a configuration in which the protection circuit 506 is connected to the gate driver 504a or a configuration in which the protection circuit 506 is connected to the source driver 504b may be employed.
- the protection circuit 506 may be connected to the terminal portion 507.
- the present invention is not limited to this configuration.
- the gate driver 504a may be formed, and a substrate on which a separately prepared source driver circuit is formed (for example, a driver circuit substrate formed using a single crystal semiconductor film or a polycrystalline semiconductor film) may be mounted.
- the plurality of pixel circuits 501 shown in FIG. 74A can have the configuration shown in FIG. 74B, for example.
- 74B includes a liquid crystal element 570, a transistor 550, and a capacitor 560.
- the pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. The transistor described in the above embodiment can be applied to the transistor 550.
- One potential of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 is appropriately set according to the specification of the pixel circuit 501.
- the alignment state of the liquid crystal element 570 is set by written data. Note that a common potential (common potential) may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 included in each of the plurality of pixel circuits 501. Further, a different potential may be applied to one of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570 of the pixel circuit 501 in each row.
- a driving method of a display device including the liquid crystal element 570, a TN mode, an STN mode, a VA mode, an ASM (axially aligned micro-cell) mode, an OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence) mode, and an FLC (Frequential) mode.
- AFLC Anti Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal
- MVA mode MVA mode
- PVA Powerned Vertical Alignment
- IPS mode Packed Vertical Alignment
- FFS mode Transverse Bend Alignment
- TBA Transverse Bend Alignment
- ECB Electrode Controlled Birefringence
- PDLC Polymer Dispersed Liquid Crystal
- PNLC Polymer Network Liquid Crystal mode
- the present invention is not limited to this, and various liquid crystal elements and driving methods thereof can be used.
- one of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the data line DL_n, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570.
- the In addition, the gate electrode of the transistor 550 is electrically connected to the scan line GL_m.
- the transistor 550 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.
- One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 560 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is supplied (hereinafter, potential supply line VL), and the other is electrically connected to the other of the pair of electrodes of the liquid crystal element 570.
- potential supply line VL a wiring to which a potential is supplied
- the capacitor 560 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.
- the pixel circuits 501 in each row are sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. 74A, the transistors 550 are turned on, and data signal data is written.
- the pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 550 is turned off. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.
- the plurality of pixel circuits 501 shown in FIG. 74A can have the configuration shown in FIG. 74C, for example.
- the pixel circuit 501 illustrated in FIG. 74C includes transistors 552 and 554, a capacitor 562, and a light-emitting element 572.
- the transistor described in any of the above embodiments can be applied to one or both of the transistor 552 and the transistor 554.
- One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a data signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a data line DL_n). Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 552 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a gate signal is supplied (hereinafter referred to as a scanning line GL_m).
- the transistor 552 has a function of controlling data writing of the data signal by being turned on or off.
- One of the pair of electrodes of the capacitor 562 is electrically connected to a wiring to which a potential is applied (hereinafter referred to as a potential supply line VL_a), and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552. Is done.
- the capacitor element 562 functions as a storage capacitor for storing written data.
- One of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to the potential supply line VL_a. Further, the gate electrode of the transistor 554 is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 552.
- One of an anode and a cathode of the light-emitting element 572 is electrically connected to the potential supply line VL_b, and the other is electrically connected to the other of the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554.
- the light-emitting element 572 for example, an organic electroluminescence element (also referred to as an organic EL element) or the like can be used.
- the light-emitting element 572 is not limited thereto, and an inorganic EL element made of an inorganic material may be used.
- one of the potential supply line VL_a and the potential supply line VL_b is supplied with the high power supply potential VDD, and the other is supplied with the low power supply potential VSS.
- the pixel circuit 501 in each row is sequentially selected by the gate driver 504a illustrated in FIG. 74A, the transistor 552 is turned on, and data signal data is written.
- the pixel circuit 501 in which data is written is in a holding state when the transistor 552 is turned off. Further, the amount of current flowing between the source electrode and the drain electrode of the transistor 554 is controlled in accordance with the potential of the written data signal, and the light-emitting element 572 emits light with luminance corresponding to the amount of flowing current. By sequentially performing this for each row, an image can be displayed.
- FIG. 75A is a circuit diagram of an inverter that can be applied to a shift register, a buffer, or the like included in a driver circuit.
- the inverter 800 outputs a signal obtained by inverting the logic of the input terminal IN to the output terminal OUT.
- the inverter 800 includes a plurality of OS transistors.
- the signal SBG is a signal that can switch the electrical characteristics of the OS transistor.
- FIG. 75B is an example of the inverter 800.
- the inverter 800 includes an OS transistor 810 and an OS transistor 820. Since the inverter 800 can be manufactured using only an n-channel transistor, it can be manufactured at a lower cost than a case where an inverter (CMOS inverter) is manufactured using a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor).
- CMOS inverter Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor
- the inverter 800 having an OS transistor can also be arranged on a CMOS composed of Si transistors. Since the inverter 800 can be arranged so as to overlap with a CMOS circuit, an increase in circuit area corresponding to the addition of the inverter 800 can be suppressed.
- the OS transistors 810 and 820 include a first gate that functions as a front gate, a second gate that functions as a back gate, a first terminal that functions as one of a source and a drain, and a second gate that functions as the other of a source and a drain. Terminal.
- the first gate of the OS transistor 810 is connected to the second terminal.
- a second gate of the OS transistor 810 is connected to a wiring for supplying the signal SBG .
- a first terminal of the OS transistor 810 is connected to a wiring that supplies the voltage VDD.
- the second terminal of the OS transistor 810 is connected to the output terminal OUT.
- the first gate of the OS transistor 820 is connected to the input terminal IN.
- a second gate of the OS transistor 820 is connected to the input terminal IN.
- the first terminal of the OS transistor 820 is connected to the output terminal OUT.
- a second terminal of the OS transistor 820 is connected to a wiring that supplies the voltage VSS.
- FIG. 75C is a timing chart for explaining the operation of inverter 800.
- the signal waveform of the input terminal IN the signal waveform of the output terminal OUT, and indicates a change in the threshold voltage of the signal S BG signal waveform and OS transistor 810,.
- the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 can be controlled.
- Signal S BG has a voltage V BG_B for shifted in the positive voltage V BG_A, the threshold voltage for negative shift the threshold voltage.
- V BG_A the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 can be negatively shifted to the threshold voltage V TH_A .
- V BG_B the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 can be positively shifted to the threshold voltage V TH_B .
- FIG. 76A shows an Id-Vg curve which is one of the electrical characteristics of the transistor.
- the electrical characteristics of the OS transistor 810 described above can be shifted to a curve represented by a broken line 840 in FIG. 76A by increasing the voltage of the second gate like the voltage V BG_A . Further, the above-described electrical characteristics of the OS transistor 810 can be shifted to a curve represented by a solid line 841 in FIG. 76A by reducing the voltage of the second gate as the voltage V BG_B . As shown in FIG. 76A, OS transistor 810, by switching the signal S BG voltage V BG_A or voltage V BG_B, it can be shifted in the positive or negative shift of the threshold voltage.
- the OS transistor 810 By positively shifting the threshold voltage to the threshold voltage VTH_B , the OS transistor 810 can be in a state in which current does not easily flow.
- FIG. 76B shows this state visualized.
- the OS transistor 810 since the OS transistor 810 can be in a state in which current does not easily flow, the signal waveform 831 of the output terminal in the timing chart shown in FIG. 75C can be abruptly changed. Since the through current flowing between the wiring for applying the voltage VDD and the wiring for supplying the voltage VSS can be reduced, an operation with low power consumption can be performed.
- the OS transistor 810 can be in a state in which current easily flows.
- FIG. 76C shows this state visualized. As shown in FIG. 76C, it can be at least greater than the current I B of the current I A flowing at this time. Therefore, when the signal supplied to the input terminal IN is at a low level and the OS transistor 820 is in an off state (OFF), the voltage of the output terminal OUT can be rapidly increased. As illustrated in FIG. 76C, since the OS transistor 810 can be in a state in which current easily flows, the signal waveform 832 of the output terminal in the timing chart illustrated in FIG. 75C can be abruptly changed.
- the control of the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 by the signal S BG previously the state of the OS transistor 820 is switched, i.e. it is preferably performed before time T1 and T2.
- the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 is changed from the threshold voltage V TH_A to the threshold voltage V TH_B before the time T1 when the signal applied to the input terminal IN switches to the high level. It is preferable to switch the voltage.
- the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 is changed from the threshold voltage V TH_B to the threshold voltage V TH_A before the time T2 when the signal applied to the input terminal IN switches to the low level. Is preferably switched.
- the voltage for controlling the threshold voltage may be held in the second gate of the OS transistor 810 in a floating state.
- FIG. 77A An example of a circuit configuration capable of realizing this configuration is illustrated in FIG. 77A.
- 77A includes an OS transistor 850 in addition to the circuit configuration illustrated in FIG. 75B.
- the first terminal of the OS transistor 850 is connected to the second gate of the OS transistor 810.
- the second terminal of the OS transistor 850 is connected to a wiring for applying the voltage V BG_B (or voltage V BG_A ).
- the first gate of the OS transistor 850 is connected to a wiring for providing signal S F.
- a second gate of the OS transistor 850 is connected to a wiring that supplies the voltage V BG_B (or the voltage V BG_A ).
- the voltage for controlling the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 is applied to the second gate of the OS transistor 810 before the time T3 when the signal applied to the input terminal IN switches to the high level.
- the OS transistor 850 is turned on the signal S F to the high level, providing a voltage V BG_B for controlling a threshold voltage in the node N BG.
- FIGS. 75B and 77A the configuration in which the voltage applied to the second gate of the OS transistor 810 is given by external control is shown, but another configuration may be used.
- a voltage for controlling the threshold voltage may be generated based on a signal supplied to the input terminal IN and supplied to the second gate of the OS transistor 810.
- FIG. 78A shows an example of a circuit configuration that can realize this configuration.
- CMOS inverter 860 is provided between the input terminal IN and the second gate of the OS transistor 810 in the circuit configuration shown in FIG. 75B.
- the input terminal of the CMOS inverter 860 is connected to the input terminal IN.
- the output terminal of the CMOS inverter 860 is connected to the second gate of the OS transistor 810.
- FIG. 78A The operation of FIG. 78A will be described using the timing chart of FIG. 78B.
- the timing chart in FIG. 78B shows changes in the signal waveform of the input terminal IN, the signal waveform of the output terminal OUT, the output waveform IN_B of the CMOS inverter 860, and the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810.
- the output waveform IN_B which is a signal obtained by inverting the logic of the signal applied to the input terminal IN, can be a signal for controlling the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810. Therefore, the threshold voltage of the OS transistor 810 can be controlled as described with reference to FIGS. 76A to 76C. For example, at time T4 in FIG. 78B, the signal applied to the input terminal IN is at a high level and the OS transistor 820 is turned on. At this time, the output waveform IN_B is at a low level. Therefore, the OS transistor 810 can be set in a state in which current does not easily flow, and the voltage increase at the output terminal OUT can be sharply decreased.
- the signal applied to the input terminal IN is at a low level, and the OS transistor 820 is turned off.
- the output waveform IN_B is at a high level. Therefore, the OS transistor 810 can be in a state in which current easily flows, and the voltage of the output terminal OUT can be rapidly increased.
- the voltage of the back gate in the inverter having the OS transistor is switched in accordance with the signal logic of the input terminal IN.
- the threshold voltage of the OS transistor can be controlled.
- the voltage of the output terminal OUT can be changed abruptly.
- the through current between the wirings supplying the power supply voltage can be reduced. Therefore, low power consumption can be achieved.
- FIG. 79A is a block diagram of the semiconductor device 900.
- the semiconductor device 900 includes a power supply circuit 901, a circuit 902, a voltage generation circuit 903, a circuit 904, a voltage generation circuit 905, and a circuit 906.
- the power supply circuit 901 is a circuit that generates a reference voltage V ORG .
- the voltage V ORG may be a plurality of voltages instead of a single voltage.
- the voltage V ORG can be generated based on the voltage V 0 given from the outside of the semiconductor device 900.
- the semiconductor device 900 can generate the voltage V ORG based on a single power supply voltage given from the outside. Therefore, the semiconductor device 900 can operate without applying a plurality of power supply voltages from the outside.
- the circuits 902, 904, and 906 are circuits that operate with different power supply voltages.
- the power supply voltage of the circuit 902 is applied based on the voltage V ORG and the voltage V SS (V ORG > V SS ).
- the power supply voltage of the circuit 904 is applied based on the voltage V POG and the voltage V SS (V POG > V ORG ).
- the power supply voltage of the circuit 906 is applied based on the voltage V ORG and the voltage V NEG (V ORG >Vss> V NEG ). Note that if the voltage VSS is set to the same potential as the ground (GND), the types of voltages generated by the power supply circuit 901 can be reduced.
- the voltage generation circuit 903 is a circuit that generates the voltage V POG .
- the voltage generation circuit 903 can generate the voltage V POG based on the voltage V ORG supplied from the power supply circuit 901. Therefore, the semiconductor device 900 including the circuit 904 can operate based on a single power supply voltage supplied from the outside.
- the voltage generation circuit 905 is a circuit that generates a voltage V NEG .
- the voltage generation circuit 905 can generate the voltage V NEG based on the voltage V ORG supplied from the power supply circuit 901. Therefore, the semiconductor device 900 including the circuit 906 can operate based on a single power supply voltage given from the outside.
- FIG. 79B is an example of a circuit 904 that operates at the voltage V POG
- FIG. 79C is an example of a waveform of a signal for operating the circuit 904.
- FIG. 79B shows the transistor 911.
- Signal applied to the gate of the transistor 911 is generated, for example, based on the voltage V POG and voltage V SS.
- the signal is a voltage V SS during operation of the conductive state of transistor 911 voltage V POG, during operation of the non-conductive state.
- the voltage V POG is greater than the voltage V ORG as illustrated in FIG. 79C. Therefore, the transistor 911 can more reliably perform an operation of bringing the source (S) and the drain (D) into conduction.
- the circuit 904 can be a circuit in which malfunctions are reduced.
- FIG. 79D is an example of a circuit 906 that operates at the voltage V NEG
- FIG. 79E is an example of a waveform of a signal for operating the circuit 906.
- FIG. 79D shows a transistor 912 having a back gate.
- Signal applied to the gate of the transistor 912 for example, generated based on the voltage V ORG and the voltage V SS.
- the signal voltage V ORG during operation of the conductive state of transistor 911 is generated based on the voltage V SS during operation of a non-conductive state.
- the voltage applied to the back gate of the transistor 912 is generated based on the voltage V NEG .
- the voltage V NEG is smaller than the voltage V SS (GND) as illustrated in FIG. 79E. Therefore, the threshold voltage of the transistor 912 can be controlled to shift positively. Therefore, the transistor 912 can be more reliably turned off, and the current flowing between the source (S) and the drain (D) can be reduced.
- the circuit 906 can be a circuit in which malfunctions are reduced and power consumption is reduced.
- the voltage V NEG may be directly applied to the back gate of the transistor 912.
- a signal to be supplied to the gate of the transistor 912 may be generated based on the voltage V ORG and the voltage V NEG and the signal may be supplied to the back gate of the transistor 912.
- FIGS. 79D and 79E show a modification of FIGS. 79D and 79E.
- a transistor 922 whose conduction state can be controlled by the control circuit 921 is illustrated between the voltage generation circuit 905 and the circuit 906.
- the transistor 922 is an n-channel OS transistor.
- Control signal S BG control circuit 921 is output a signal for controlling the conduction state of the transistor 922.
- transistors 912A and 912B included in the circuit 906 are OS transistors which are the same as the transistor 922.
- the timing chart of FIG. 80B is a control signal S BG, transistor 912A, indicated by a change in the potential of the state nodes N BG back gate potential of 912B.
- Control signal S BG is transistor 922 in a conducting state at the high level, the node N BG becomes voltage V NEG. Thereafter, when the control signal SBG is at a low level, the node NBG becomes electrically floating. Since the transistor 922 is an OS transistor, the off-state current is small. Therefore, even if the node NBG is electrically floating, the voltage V NEG once applied can be held.
- FIG. 81A shows an example of a circuit configuration applicable to the voltage generation circuit 903 described above.
- a voltage generation circuit 903 illustrated in FIG. 81A is a five-stage charge pump including diodes D1 to D5, capacitors C1 to C5, and an inverter INV.
- the clock signal CLK is supplied to the capacitors C1 to C5 directly or via the inverter INV.
- a voltage V POG boosted to a positive voltage five times the voltage V ORG can be obtained by the clock signal CLK.
- the forward voltage of the diodes D1 to D5 is 0V.
- a desired voltage V POG can be obtained by changing the number of stages of the charge pump.
- FIG. 81B shows an example of a circuit configuration applicable to the voltage generation circuit 905 described above.
- a voltage generation circuit 905 illustrated in FIG. 81B is a four-stage charge pump including diodes D1 to D5, capacitors C1 to C5, and an inverter INV.
- the clock signal CLK is supplied to the capacitors C1 to C5 directly or via the inverter INV.
- the power supply voltage of the inverter INV is applied based on the voltage V ORG and the voltage V SS
- V NEG can be obtained.
- the forward voltage of the diodes D1 to D5 is 0V.
- the desired voltage V NEG can be obtained by changing the number of stages of the charge pump.
- circuit configuration of the voltage generation circuit 903 described above is not limited to the configuration of the circuit diagram illustrated in FIG. 81A.
- a modification of the voltage generation circuit 903 is illustrated in FIGS. 82A to 82C.
- a modification of the voltage generation circuit 903 can be realized by changing the voltage applied to each wiring or changing the arrangement of elements in the voltage generation circuits 903A to 903C shown in FIGS. 82A to 82C.
- a voltage generation circuit 903A illustrated in FIG. 82A includes transistors M1 to M10, capacitors C11 to C14, and an inverter INV1.
- the clock signal CLK is supplied directly to the gates of the transistors M1 to M10 or via the inverter INV1.
- a voltage V POG that is boosted to a positive voltage four times the voltage V ORG can be obtained by the clock signal CLK. Note that a desired voltage V POG can be obtained by changing the number of stages.
- the voltage generation circuit 903A illustrated in FIG. 82A can reduce off-state current by using the transistors M1 to M10 as OS transistors, and can suppress leakage of charges held in the capacitors C11 to C14. Therefore, the voltage V ORG can be efficiently boosted from the voltage V POG .
- a voltage generation circuit 903B illustrated in FIG. 82B includes transistors M11 to M14, capacitors C15 and C16, and an inverter INV2.
- the clock signal CLK is supplied directly to the gates of the transistors M11 to M14 or via the inverter INV2. With the clock signal CLK, it is possible to obtain a voltage V POG that is boosted to a positive voltage that is twice the voltage V ORG .
- the voltage generation circuit 903B illustrated in FIG. 82B can reduce off-state current by using the transistors M11 to M14 as OS transistors, and can suppress leakage of charges held in the capacitors C15 and C16. Therefore, the voltage V ORG can be efficiently boosted from the voltage V POG .
- the voltage generation circuit 903C illustrated in FIG. 82C includes an inductor Ind1, a transistor M15, a diode D6, and a capacitor C17.
- the conduction state of the transistor M15 is controlled by the control signal EN.
- a voltage V POG obtained by boosting the voltage V ORG can be obtained by the control signal EN. Since the voltage generation circuit 903C illustrated in FIG. 82C boosts the voltage using the inductor Ind1, the voltage generation circuit 903C can boost the voltage with high conversion efficiency.
- a voltage necessary for a circuit included in the semiconductor device can be generated internally. Therefore, the semiconductor device can reduce the number of power supply voltages given from the outside.
- a display module 7000 shown in FIG. 83 includes a touch panel 7004 connected to the FPC 7003, a display panel 7006 connected to the FPC 7005, a backlight 7007, a frame 7009, a printed circuit board 7010, and a battery between an upper cover 7001 and a lower cover 7002. 7011.
- the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 7006, for example.
- the shape and dimensions of the upper cover 7001 and the lower cover 7002 can be changed as appropriate in accordance with the sizes of the touch panel 7004 and the display panel 7006.
- a resistive film type or capacitive type touch panel can be used by being superimposed on the display panel 7006.
- the counter substrate (sealing substrate) of the display panel 7006 can have a touch panel function.
- an optical sensor can be provided in each pixel of the display panel 7006 to form an optical touch panel.
- the backlight 7007 has a light source 7008.
- FIG. 83 illustrates the configuration in which the light source 7008 is provided over the backlight 7007, the present invention is not limited to this.
- the light source 7008 may be disposed at the end of the backlight 7007 and a light diffusing plate may be used.
- the backlight 7007 may not be provided.
- the frame 7009 has a function as an electromagnetic shield for blocking electromagnetic waves generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 7010 in addition to the protective function of the display panel 7006.
- the frame 7009 may have a function as a heat sink.
- the printed circuit board 7010 includes a power supply circuit, a signal processing circuit for outputting a video signal and a clock signal.
- a power supply for supplying power to the power supply circuit an external commercial power supply or a battery 7011 provided separately may be used.
- the battery 7011 can be omitted when a commercial power source is used.
- the display module 7000 may be additionally provided with a member such as a polarizing plate, a phase difference plate, and a prism sheet.
- FIGS. 84A to 84E examples of electronic devices are illustrated in FIGS. 84A to 84E.
- FIG. 84A is a diagram showing the appearance of the camera 8000 with the viewfinder 8100 attached.
- the camera 8000 includes a housing 8001, a display portion 8002, operation buttons 8003, a shutter button 8004, and the like.
- the camera 8000 is attached with a detachable lens 8006.
- the camera 8000 is configured such that the lens 8006 can be removed from the housing 8001 and replaced, but the lens 8006 and the housing may be integrated.
- the camera 8000 can take an image by pressing a shutter button 8004.
- the display portion 8002 has a function as a touch panel and can capture an image by touching the display portion 8002.
- the housing 8001 of the camera 8000 has a mount having electrodes, and can be connected to a stroboscope or the like in addition to the finder 8100.
- the finder 8100 includes a housing 8101, a display portion 8102, a button 8103, and the like.
- the housing 8101 has a mount that engages with the mount of the camera 8000, and the finder 8100 can be attached to the camera 8000.
- the mount includes an electrode, and an image received from the camera 8000 via the electrode can be displayed on the display portion 8102.
- the button 8103 has a function as a power button.
- a button 8103 can be used to switch display on the display portion 8102 on and off.
- the display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the display portion 8002 of the camera 8000 and the display portion 8102 of the finder 8100.
- the camera 8000 and the finder 8100 are separate electronic devices and are configured to be detachable.
- a finder including a display device may be incorporated in the housing 8001 of the camera 8000.
- FIG. 84B is a diagram showing the appearance of the head mounted display 8200.
- the head mounted display 8200 includes a mounting portion 8201, a lens 8202, a main body 8203, a display portion 8204, a cable 8205, and the like.
- a battery 8206 is built in the mounting portion 8201.
- the cable 8205 supplies power from the battery 8206 to the main body 8203.
- the main body 8203 includes a wireless receiver and the like, and can display video information such as received image data on the display portion 8204.
- the mounting portion 8201 may be provided with a plurality of electrodes at positions where the user touches the mounting portion 8201.
- the main body 8203 may have a function of recognizing the user's viewpoint by detecting a current flowing through the electrode in accordance with the movement of the user's eyeball. Moreover, you may have a function which monitors a user's pulse by detecting the electric current which flows into the said electrode.
- the mounting portion 8201 may have various sensors such as a temperature sensor, a pressure sensor, and an acceleration sensor, and may have a function of displaying the user's biological information on the display portion 8204. Further, the movement of the user's head or the like may be detected, and the video displayed on the display unit 8204 may be changed in accordance with the movement.
- the display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the display portion 8204.
- the head mounted display 8300 includes a housing 8301, a display portion 8302, a band-shaped fixture 8304, and a pair of lenses 8305.
- the user can visually recognize the display on the display portion 8302 through the lens 8305.
- the display portion 8302 is preferably arranged curved. By arranging the display portion 8302 to be curved, the user can feel a high sense of realism.
- a structure in which one display portion 8302 is provided is described in this embodiment mode, the present invention is not limited thereto, and for example, a structure in which two display portions 8302 are provided may be employed. In this case, if one display unit is arranged in one eye of the user, three-dimensional display using parallax or the like can be performed.
- the display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the display portion 8302. Since the display device including the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention has extremely high definition, even if an image displayed on the display portion 8302 is enlarged using the lens 8305 as illustrated in FIG. A more realistic video can be displayed without being visually recognized.
- FIGS. 85A to 85G examples of electronic devices different from the electronic devices illustrated in FIGS. 84A to 84E are illustrated in FIGS. 85A to 85G.
- 85A to 85G include a housing 9000, a display portion 9001, a speaker 9003, operation keys 9005 (including a power switch or an operation switch), a connection terminal 9006, and a sensor 9007 (force, displacement, position, speed, Measure acceleration, angular velocity, number of rotations, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical, sound, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, vibration, smell or infrared Including a function), a microphone 9008, and the like.
- a function for displaying various information (still images, moving images, text images, etc.) on the display unit a touch panel function, a function for displaying a calendar, date or time, a function for controlling processing by various software (programs), Wireless communication function, function for connecting to various computer networks using the wireless communication function, function for transmitting or receiving various data using the wireless communication function, and reading and displaying the program or data recorded on the recording medium It can have a function of displaying on the section.
- functions that the electronic device illustrated in FIGS. 85A to 85G can have are not limited to these, and can have various functions.
- the electronic device may have a plurality of display portions.
- the electronic device is equipped with a camera, etc., to capture still images, to capture moving images, to store captured images on a recording medium (externally or built into the camera), and to display captured images on the display unit And the like.
- FIGS. 85A to 85G Details of the electronic device shown in FIGS. 85A to 85G will be described below.
- FIG. 85A is a perspective view showing the television device 9100.
- the television device 9100 can incorporate a display portion 9001 having a large screen of 50 inches or more, or 100 inches or more, for example.
- FIG. 85B is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9101.
- the portable information terminal 9101 has one or a plurality of functions selected from, for example, a telephone, a notebook, an information browsing device, or the like. Specifically, it can be used as a smartphone.
- the portable information terminal 9101 may include a speaker, a connection terminal, a sensor, and the like.
- the portable information terminal 9101 can display characters and image information on the plurality of surfaces.
- three operation buttons 9050 also referred to as operation icons or simply icons
- information 9051 indicated by a broken-line rectangle can be displayed on another surface of the display portion 9001.
- a display for notifying an incoming call such as an e-mail, SNS (social networking service), a telephone call, a title such as an e-mail or SNS, a sender name such as an e-mail or SNS, a date and time, and a time , Battery level, antenna reception strength and so on.
- an operation button 9050 or the like may be displayed instead of the information 9051 at a position where the information 9051 is displayed.
- FIG. 85C is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9102.
- the portable information terminal 9102 has a function of displaying information on three or more surfaces of the display portion 9001.
- information 9052, information 9053, and information 9054 are displayed on different planes.
- the user of the portable information terminal 9102 can check the display (information 9053 here) in a state where the portable information terminal 9102 is stored in the chest pocket of clothes.
- the telephone number or name of the caller of the incoming call is displayed at a position where it can be observed from above portable information terminal 9102.
- the user can check the display and determine whether to receive a call without taking out the portable information terminal 9102 from the pocket.
- FIG. 85D is a perspective view showing a wristwatch type portable information terminal 9200.
- the portable information terminal 9200 can execute various applications such as a mobile phone, electronic mail, text browsing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, and computer games.
- the display portion 9001 is provided with a curved display surface, and can perform display along the curved display surface.
- the portable information terminal 9200 can execute short-range wireless communication with a communication standard. For example, it is possible to talk hands-free by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication.
- the portable information terminal 9200 includes a connection terminal 9006 and can directly exchange data with other information terminals via a connector. Charging can also be performed through the connection terminal 9006. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the connection terminal 9006.
- FIG. 85E, 85F, and 85G are perspective views showing a foldable portable information terminal 9201.
- FIG. 85E is a perspective view of a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded
- FIG. 85F is a perspective view of a state in which the portable information terminal 9201 is expanded from one of the expanded state or the folded state to the other.
- FIG. 85G is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9201 folded.
- the portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in portability in the folded state, and in the expanded state, the portable information terminal 9201 is excellent in display listability due to a seamless wide display area.
- a display portion 9001 included in the portable information terminal 9201 is supported by three housings 9000 connected by a hinge 9055.
- the portable information terminal 9201 By bending between the two housings 9000 via the hinge 9055, the portable information terminal 9201 can be reversibly deformed from the expanded state to the folded state.
- the portable information terminal 9201 can be bent with a curvature radius of 1 mm to 150 mm.
- FIGS. 86A and 86B are perspective views of a display device having a plurality of display panels.
- 86A is a perspective view of a form in which a plurality of display panels are wound
- FIG. 86B is a perspective view of a state in which the plurality of display panels are developed.
- 86A and 86B have a display device 9500 having a plurality of display panels 9501, a shaft portion 9511, and a bearing portion 9512.
- the plurality of display panels 9501 each include a display region 9502 and a region 9503 having a light-transmitting property.
- the plurality of display panels 9501 have flexibility. Further, two adjacent display panels 9501 are provided so that a part of them overlap each other. For example, a light-transmitting region 9503 of two adjacent display panels 9501 can be overlapped. By using a plurality of display panels 9501, a large-screen display device can be obtained. In addition, since the display panel 9501 can be taken up depending on the use state, a display device with excellent versatility can be obtained.
- 86A and 86B illustrate a state in which the display area 9502 is separated by the adjacent display panel 9501, but is not limited thereto.
- the display areas 9502 of the adjacent display panels 9501 are overlapped without gaps. By combining them, a continuous display area 9502 may be used.
- the electronic device described in this embodiment has a display portion for displaying some information. Note that the semiconductor device of one embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to an electronic device that does not include a display portion.
- a metal oxide film corresponding to the sample A3 described in Embodiment 1 was applied to a semiconductor film of a transistor, and a display device including the transistor was manufactured.
- Table 2 shows the specifications of the display device manufactured in this example.
- FIG. 87 shows a display example of the display device having the specifications shown in Table 2. As shown in FIG. 87, it was confirmed that the display device manufactured in this example had good display quality.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Metallurgy (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Thin Film Transistor (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Physical Vapour Deposition (AREA)
- Metal-Oxide And Bipolar Metal-Oxide Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
- Physical Deposition Of Substances That Are Components Of Semiconductor Devices (AREA)
- Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)
Abstract
Description
図2A乃至2Cは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像、及び断面HR−TEM像を示す。
図3A乃至3Cは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像、及び断面HR−TEM像を示す。
図4A乃至4Cは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像、及び断面HR−TEM像を示す。
図5A乃至5Cは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像、及び断面HR−TEM像を示す。
図6A乃至6Cは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像、及び断面HR−TEM像を示す。
図7A乃至7Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図8A乃至8Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図9A乃至9Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図10A乃至10Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図11A乃至11Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図12A乃至12Cは金属酸化物膜のXRD測定結果、及び電子線回折パターンを示す。
図13A及び13Bは電子線回折パターンを示す。
図14は電子線回折パターンのラインプロファイルを説明する。
図15は電子線回折パターンのラインプロファイル、ラインプロファイルの相対輝度R、及びスペクトルの半値幅を説明する概念図を示す。
図16A1、16A2、16B1、及び16B2は電子線回折パターン、及び輝度プロファイルを示す。
図17A1、17A2、17B1、及び17B2は電子線回折パターン、及び輝度プロファイルを示す。
図18A1、18A2、18B1、及び18B2は電子線回折パターン、及び輝度プロファイルを示す。
図19は金属酸化物膜の電子線回折パターンから見積もった相対輝度を示す。
図20A及び20Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図21A及び21Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図22A及び22Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図23A及び23Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図24A及び24Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図25A及び25Bは金属酸化物膜の断面TEM像及び画像解析後の断面TEM像を示す。
図26A乃至26Cは金属酸化物膜のSIMS測定結果を示す。
図27A乃至27CはトランジスタのId−Vg特性を示す。
図28A及び28Bはトランジスタのオン電流、及びS値を示す。
図29はトランジスタのGBT試験結果を示す。
図30A乃至30CはトランジスタのId−Vd特性を示す。
図31はId−Vg特性を示す。
図32はId−Vg特性を示す。
図33は界面準位密度の計算結果を示す。
図34A及び34BはId−Vg特性を示す。
図35は欠陥準位密度の計算結果を示す。
図36はCPMの測定結果を示す。
図37はCPMの測定結果を示す。
図38はCPMの測定結果を示す。
図39A乃至39Cは酸化物半導体膜の原子数比の範囲を説明する。
図40はInMZnO4の結晶を説明する。
図41は酸化物半導体膜をチャネル領域に用いるトランジスタにおけるエネルギーバンドを説明する。
図42A乃至42Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図43A乃至43Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図44A及び44Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図45A及び45Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図46A及び46Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図47A及び47Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図48A及び48Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図49A及び49Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図50A及び50Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図51A及び51Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図52A及び52Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図53A乃至53Cはそれぞれバンド構造を説明する。
図54A乃至54Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図55A乃至55Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図56A乃至56Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図57A乃至57Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図58A及び58Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図59A及び59Bは半導体装置を説明する断面図である。
図60A乃至60Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図61は半導体装置の断面を説明する。
図62は半導体装置の断面を説明する。
図63は半導体装置の断面を説明する。
図64は表示装置の一態様を示す上面図である。
図65は表示装置の一態様を示す断面図である。
図66は表示装置の一態様を示す断面図である。
図67は表示装置の一態様を示す断面図である。
図68A乃至68DはEL層の作製方法を説明する断面図である。
図69は液滴吐出装置を説明する概念図である。
図70は表示装置の一態様を示す断面図である。
図71は表示装置の一態様を示す断面図である。
図72A乃至72Cは半導体装置を説明する上面図及び断面図である。
図73は半導体装置の断面を説明する。
図74A乃至74Cは表示装置を説明するブロック図及び回路図である。
図75A乃至75Cは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図およびタイミングチャートである。
図76A乃至76Cは本発明の一態様を説明するためのグラフおよび回路図である。
図77A及び77Bは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図およびタイミングチャートである。
図78A及び78Bは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図およびタイミングチャートである。
図79A乃至79Eは本発明の一態様を説明するためのブロック図、回路図および波形図である。
図80A及び80Bは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図およびタイミングチャートである。
図81A及び81Bは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図である。
図82A乃至82Cは本発明の一態様を説明するための回路図である。
図83は表示モジュールを説明する。
図84A乃至84Eは電子機器を説明する。
図85A乃至85Gは電子機器を説明する。
図86A及び86Bは表示装置を説明する斜視図である。
図87は実施例における表示装置の表示例を示す。
図88は試料のXRDスペクトルの測定結果を示す。
図89A乃至89Lは試料のTEM像、および電子線回折パターンを示す。
図90A乃至90Cは試料のEDXマッピングを説明する図である。
<1−1.金属酸化物膜の構成>
本発明の一態様は、2種類の結晶部を含む金属酸化物膜である。結晶部の一(第1の結晶部ともいう)は、膜の厚さ方向(膜面方向、膜の被形成面、または膜の表面に垂直な方向ともいう)に配向性を有する、すなわちc軸配向性を有する結晶部である。結晶部の他の一(第2の結晶部ともいう)は、c軸配向性を有さずに様々な向きに配向する結晶部である。本発明の一態様の金属酸化物膜は、このような2種類の結晶部が混在している。
以下では、条件の異なる6つの金属酸化物膜が形成された試料(試料A1乃至A6)を作製し結晶性の評価を行った。まず、試料A1乃至A6の作製方法について、説明する。
試料A1は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が形成された試料である。当該金属酸化物膜は、インジウムと、ガリウムと、亜鉛とを有する。試料A1の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を170℃に加熱し、流量140sccmのアルゴンガスと流量60sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入し、圧力を0.6Paとし、インジウムと、ガリウムと、亜鉛とを有する金属酸化物ターゲット(In:Ga:Zn=4:2:4.1[原子数比])に、2.5kWの交流電力を印加した。上述の全体のガス流量に対する酸素流量の割合を、酸素流量比と記載する場合がある。なお、試料A1の作製条件における酸素流量比は30%である。
試料A2は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が成膜された試料である。試料A2の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を170℃に加熱し、流量180sccmのアルゴンガスと流量20sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入した。試料A2の作製条件における酸素流量比は10%である。なお、酸素流量比以外の条件としては、先に示す試料A1と同様の条件とした。
試料A3は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が成膜された試料である。試料A3の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を130℃に加熱し、流量180sccmのアルゴンガスと、流量20sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入した。試料A3の作製条件における酸素流量比は10%である。なお、基板温度、及び酸素流量比以外の条件としては、先に示す試料A1と同様の条件とした。
試料A4は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が成膜された試料である。試料A4の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を100℃に加熱し、流量180sccmのアルゴンガスと、流量20sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入した。試料A4の作製条件における酸素流量比は10%である。なお、基板温度、及び酸素流量比以外の条件としては、先に示す試料A1と同様の条件とした。
試料A5は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が成膜された試料である。試料A5の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を70℃に加熱し、流量180sccmのアルゴンガスと、流量20sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入して形成した。試料A5の作製条件における酸素流量比は10%である。なお、基板温度、及び酸素流量比以外の条件としては、先に示す試料A1と同様の条件とした。
試料A6は、ガラス基板上に厚さ約100nmの金属酸化物膜が成膜された試料である。試料A6の金属酸化物膜の形成条件としては、基板を室温(例えば20℃以上30℃以下、なお表1中において室温をR.T.と記載する)とし、流量180sccmのアルゴンガスと、流量20sccmの酸素ガスとをスパッタリング装置のチャンバー内に導入して形成した。試料A6の作製条件における酸素流量比は10%である。なお、基板温度、及び酸素流量比以外の条件としては、先に示す試料A1と同様の条件とした。
図1A乃至6Cに、試料A1乃至A6の断面TEM観察結果を示す。なお、図1A及び1Bは試料A1の断面TEM像であり、図2A及び2Bは試料A2の断面TEM像であり、図3A及び3Bは試料A3の断面TEM像であり、図4A及び4Bは試料A4の断面TEM像であり、図5A及び5Bは試料A5の断面TEM像であり、図6A及び6Bは試料A6の断面TEM像である。
次に、各試料のXRD測定結果について説明する。
次に、試料A1乃至A6について、電子線回折測定を行った結果について説明する。電子線回折測定では、各試料の断面に対して電子線を垂直に入射したときの電子線回折パターンを取得する。また電子線のビーム径は、1nmΦ及び100nmΦの2つとした。
次に、図13A乃至15を用いて、金属酸化物膜の結晶性の定量化方法の一例について説明する。
上述のように、第1の領域における輝度の積分強度の、第2の領域における輝度の積分強度に対する強度比は、配向性を有する結晶部の存在割合を推し量る点で重要な情報である。
・試料A1の相対輝度R=25.00
・試料A2の相対輝度R=9.55
・試料A3の相対輝度R=3.04
・試料A4の相対輝度R=1.60
・試料A5の相対輝度R=1.32
・試料A6の相対輝度R=1.05
なお、上述の相対輝度Rはそれぞれ、4つの位置での平均値とした。このように、相対輝度Rは、試料A1が最も高く、試料A2、試料A3、試料A4、試料A5、試料A6の順で低くなる。
金属酸化物膜中の結晶部の存在割合は、断面TEM像を解析することで見積もることができる。
以下では、金属酸化物膜への酸素の拡散のしやすさを評価した結果について説明する。
まず、ガラス基板上に、先に示す試料A1と同様の方法により、厚さ約50nmの金属酸化物膜を成膜した。続いて、金属酸化物膜上に、厚さ約30nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜、厚さ約100nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜、厚さ約20nmの酸化窒化シリコン膜を、プラズマCVD法により積層して形成した。なお、以下の説明において、金属酸化物膜をOSと、酸化窒化シリコン膜をGIとしてそれぞれ記載する場合がある。
試料B2は、試料B1とは金属酸化物膜の成膜条件を異ならせて作製した試料である。試料B2は、先に示す試料A3と同様の方法により、厚さ約50nmの金属酸化物膜を成膜した。
試料B3は、試料B1とは金属酸化物膜の成膜条件を異ならせて作製した試料である。試料B3は、先に示す試料A6と同様の方法により、厚さ約50nmの金属酸化物膜を成膜した。
試料B1乃至B3について、SIMS(Secondary Ion Mass Spectrometry)分析により、18Oの濃度を測定した。なお、SIMS分析においては、上記作製した試料B1乃至B3を熱処理を行わない条件と、試料B1乃至B3を窒素雰囲気下にて350℃ 1時間の熱処理を行う条件と、試料B1乃至B3を窒素雰囲気下にて450℃、1時間の熱処理を行う条件と、の3つの条件とした。
以下では、先に説明した試料A1、試料A3、及び試料A6の金属酸化物膜を有するトランジスタを作製し、その電気特性を測定した結果について説明する。
まず、ガラス基板上に厚さ10nmのチタン膜と、厚さ100nmの銅膜とを、スパッタリング装置を用いて形成した。続いて当該導電膜をフォトリソグラフィ法により加工した。
次に、上記作製した試料C1乃至C3のトランジスタのId−Vg特性を測定した。Id−Vg特性では、チャネル長Lが2μm、チャネル幅Wが3μmのトランジスタを測定した。
次に、試料C1乃至C3に形成されたチャネル長Lが2μm、チャネル幅Wが20μmのトランジスタのオン電流及びS値を比較した。なお、S値とは、ソース電極とドレイン電極との間の電流(サブスレッショルド電流)が一桁増加するために必要なゲート電圧であり、S値が小さいほど、ゲート電圧に対するサブスレッショルド電流の傾きが大きく、スイッチング特性に優れている。
次に、上記作製した試料C1乃至C3の信頼性評価を行った。信頼性評価としては、GBT試験とした。
次に、試料C1乃至C3のId−Vd特性における飽和性について、説明を行う。
金属酸化物の浅い欠陥準位(以下、sDOSとも記す)は、金属酸化物膜を半導体膜として用いたトランジスタの電気特性からも見積もることができる。以下ではトランジスタの界面準位の密度を評価し、その界面準位の密度に加え、界面準位にトラップされる電子数Ntrapを考慮した場合において、サブスレッショルドリーク電流を予測する方法について説明する。
次に、上述の方法に基づいて、測定した電気特性と理想的な計算値とを比較することによって、先に作製した試料C1乃至C3の浅い欠陥準位密度を測定した。浅い欠陥準位密度測定には、試料C1乃至C3に形成されたチャネル長Lが6μm、チャネル幅Wが50μmのトランジスタを用いた。
以下では、一定電流測定法(CPM:Constant Photocurrent Method)により、金属酸化物膜中の深い欠陥準位(以下、dDOSとも記す)について評価を行った。
以下では、3つの試料(試料D1乃至D3)を作製してCPM評価を行った。
図36に試料D1のCPM測定結果を、図37に試料D2のCPM測定結果を、図38に試料D3のCPM測定結果を、それぞれ示す。図36、図37、及び図38において、縦軸は吸収係数を表し、横軸は光エネルギーを表す。また図36、図37、及び図38に示す黒い実線は、各試料の吸収係数のカーブを示し、点線は接線を示し、灰色の実線は光学的に測定した吸収係数を示す。
以下では、本発明の一態様の金属酸化物膜の成膜方法について説明する。
本発明の一態様の金属酸化物膜をトランジスタなどの半導体装置に適用することができる。以下では、特に半導体特性を有する金属酸化物膜(以下では酸化物半導体膜と呼ぶ)について説明する。
次に、金属酸化物膜(以下では酸化物半導体と呼ぶ)の構造について説明する。
まずは、CAAC−OSについて説明する。
次に、nc−OSについて説明する。
a−like OSは、nc−OSと非晶質酸化物半導体との間の構造を有する酸化物半導体である。
続いて、金属酸化物膜(以下では酸化物半導体膜と呼ぶ)をトランジスタに用いる構成について説明する。
金属酸化物膜(以下では酸化物半導体膜)のキャリア密度について、以下に説明を行う。
<CACの構成>
以下では、本発明の一態様に用いることができるCAC(Cloud Aligned Complementary)−OSの構成について説明する。
続いて、各種測定方法を用い、基板上に成膜した酸化物半導体について測定を行った結果について説明する。
以下では、本発明の一態様に係る9個の試料について説明する。各試料は、それぞれ、酸化物半導体を成膜する際の基板温度、および酸素ガス流量比を異なる条件で作製する。なお、試料は、基板と、基板上の酸化物半導体と、を有する構造である。
本項目では、9個の試料に対し、X線回折(XRD:X−ray diffraction)測定を行った結果について説明する。なお、XRD装置として、Bruker社製D8 ADVANCEを用いた。また、条件は、Out−of−plane法によるθ/2θスキャンにて、走査範囲を15deg.乃至50deg.、ステップ幅を0.02deg.、走査速度を3.0deg./分とした。
本項目では、成膜時の基板温度R.T.、および酸素ガス流量比10%で作製した試料を、HAADF(High−Angle Annular Dark Field)−STEM(Scanning Transmission Electron Microscope)によって観察、および解析した結果について説明する(以下、HAADF−STEMによって取得した像は、TEM像ともいう。)。
本項目では、成膜時の基板温度R.T.、および酸素ガス流量比10%で作製した試料に、プローブ径が1nmの電子線(ナノビーム電子線ともいう。)を照射することで、電子線回折パターンを取得した結果について説明する。
本項目では、エネルギー分散型X線分光法(EDX:Energy Dispersive X−ray spectroscopy)を用い、EDXマッピングを取得し、評価することによって、成膜時の基板温度R.T.、および酸素ガス流量比10%で作製した試料の元素分析を行った結果について説明する。なお、EDX測定には、元素分析装置として日本電子株式会社製エネルギー分散型X線分析装置JED−2300Tを用いる。なお、試料から放出されたX線の検出にはSiドリフト検出器を用いる。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置に用いることのできるトランジスタについて、詳細に説明する。
図42Aは、トランジスタ100の上面図であり、図42Bは図42Aの一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図であり、図42Cは図42Aの一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図である。なお、図42Aでは、明瞭化のため、絶縁膜110などの構成要素を省略して図示している。なお、トランジスタの上面図においては、以降の図面においても図42Aと同様に、構成要素の一部を省略して図示する場合がある。また、一点鎖線X1−X2方向をチャネル長(L)方向、一点鎖線Y1−Y2方向をチャネル幅(W)方向と呼称する場合がある。
基板102には、作製工程中の熱処理に耐えうる程度の耐熱性を有する材料を用いることができる。
絶縁膜104は、スパッタリング法、CVD法、蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、印刷法、塗布法等を適宜用いて形成することができる。また、絶縁膜104は、例えば、酸化物絶縁膜または窒化物絶縁膜を単層または積層して形成することができる。なお、酸化物半導体膜108との界面特性を向上させるため、絶縁膜104において少なくとも酸化物半導体膜108と接する領域は酸化物絶縁膜で形成することが好ましい。また、絶縁膜104として加熱により酸素を放出する酸化物絶縁膜を用いることで、加熱処理により絶縁膜104に含まれる酸素を、酸化物半導体膜108に移動させることが可能である。
酸化物半導体膜108としては、実施の形態1で説明した金属酸化物膜を用いることができる。
絶縁膜110は、トランジスタ100のゲート絶縁膜として機能する。また、絶縁膜110は、酸化物半導体膜108、特にチャネル領域108iに酸素を供給する機能を有する。例えば、絶縁膜110は、酸化物絶縁膜または窒化物絶縁膜を単層または積層して形成することができる。なお、酸化物半導体膜108との界面特性を向上させるため、絶縁膜110において、酸化物半導体膜108と接する領域は、少なくとも酸化物絶縁膜を用いて形成することが好ましい。絶縁膜110として、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、窒化シリコンなどを用いればよい。
絶縁膜116は、窒素または水素を有する。また、絶縁膜116は、フッ素を有していてもよい。絶縁膜116としては、例えば、窒化物絶縁膜が挙げられる。該窒化物絶縁膜は、窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化フッ化シリコン、フッ化窒化シリコン等を用いて形成することができる。絶縁膜116に含まれる水素濃度は、1×1022atoms/cm3以上であると好ましい。また、絶縁膜116は、酸化物半導体膜108のソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dと接する。したがって、絶縁膜116と接するソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108d中の不純物(窒素または水素)濃度が高くなり、ソース領域108s、及びドレイン領域108dのキャリア密度を高めることができる。
絶縁膜118としては、酸化物絶縁膜を用いることができる。また、絶縁膜118としては、酸化物絶縁膜と、窒化物絶縁膜との積層膜を用いることができる。絶縁膜118として、例えば酸化シリコン、酸化窒化シリコン、窒化酸化シリコン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化ガリウムまたはGa−Zn酸化物などを用いればよい。
導電膜112、120a、120bは、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法、パルスレーザー堆積(PLD)法、熱CVD法等を用いて形成することができる。また、導電膜112、120a、120bとしては、導電性を有する金属膜、可視光を反射する機能を有する導電膜、または可視光を透過する機能を有する導電膜を用いればよい。
次に、図42A乃至42Cに示すトランジスタと異なる構成について、図43A乃至43Cを用いて説明する。
次に、図43A乃至43Cに示すトランジスタと異なる構成について、図45A乃至47Bを用いて説明する。
次に、図43A乃至43Cに示すトランジスタ100Aと異なる構成について、図48A乃至52Bを用いて説明する。
ここで、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110のバンド構造、絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_2、108_3、及び絶縁膜110のバンド構造、並びに絶縁膜104、酸化物半導体膜108_1、108_2、及び絶縁膜110のバンド構造について、図53A乃至53Cを用いて説明する。なお、図53A乃至53Cは、チャネル領域108iにおけるバンド構造である。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置に用いることのできるトランジスタについて、詳細に説明する。
図54Aは、トランジスタ300Aの上面図であり、図54Bは、図54Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図に相当し、図54Cは、図54Aに示す一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図に相当する。なお、図54Aにおいて、煩雑になることを避けるため、トランジスタ300Aの構成要素の一部(ゲート絶縁膜として機能する絶縁膜等)を省略して図示している。また、一点鎖線X1−X2方向をチャネル長方向、一点鎖線Y1−Y2方向をチャネル幅方向と呼称する場合がある。なお、トランジスタの上面図においては、以降の図面においても図54Aと同様に、構成要素の一部を省略して図示する場合がある。
図55Aは、トランジスタ300Bの上面図であり、図55Bは、図55Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図に相当し、図55Cは、図55Aに示す一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図に相当する。
図56Aは、トランジスタ300Cの上面図であり、図56Bは、図56Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図に相当し、図56Cは、図56(A)に示す一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図に相当する。
図57Aは、トランジスタ300Dの上面図であり、図57Bは、図57Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図に相当し、図57Cは、図57Aに示す一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図に相当する。
また、図54A乃至54Cに示すトランジスタ300Aが有する酸化物半導体膜308を積層構造としてもよい。その場合の一例を図58A及び58B及び図59A及び59Bに示す。
図60Aは、トランジスタ300Gの上面図であり、図60Bは、図60Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2間の断面図に相当し、図60Cは、図60Aに示す一点鎖線Y1−Y2間の断面図に相当する。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の金属酸化物膜を有する半導体装置について、図61乃至63を参照して説明する。
図61は、実施の形態3に示すトランジスタ300Dと、実施の形態2に示すトランジスタ100Bとを積層構造とする場合の一例のチャネル長(L)方向の断面図である。
図62は、トランジスタ950と、実施の形態3に示すトランジスタ300Aとを積層構造とする場合の一例のチャネル長(L)方向の断面図である。
本実施の形態においては、先の実施の形態で例示したトランジスタを有する表示装置の一例について、図64乃至71を用いて以下説明を行う。
図65乃至67に示す表示装置700は、引き回し配線部711と、画素部702と、ソースドライバ回路部704と、FPC端子部708と、を有する。また、引き回し配線部711は、信号線710を有する。また、画素部702は、トランジスタ750及び容量素子790を有する。また、ソースドライバ回路部704は、トランジスタ752を有する。
図65に示す表示装置700は、液晶素子775を有する。液晶素子775は、導電膜772、導電膜774、及び液晶層776を有する。導電膜774は、第2の基板705側に設けられ、対向電極としての機能を有する。図65に示す表示装置700は、導電膜772と導電膜774との間に印加される電圧によって、液晶層776の配向状態が変わることによって光の透過、非透過が制御され画像を表示することができる。
図67に示す表示装置700は、発光素子782を有する。発光素子782は、導電膜772、EL層786、及び導電膜788を有する。図67に示す表示装置700は、発光素子782が有するEL層786が発光することによって、画像を表示することができる。なお、EL層786は、有機化合物、または量子ドットなどの無機化合物を有する。
また、図66及び図67に示す表示装置700に入出力装置を設けてもよい。当該入出力装置としては、例えば、タッチパネル等が挙げられる。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置の一例について説明する。本実施の形態で示すトランジスタは、微細化に適したトランジスタである。
図72A乃至72Cには、トランジスタ200の一例を示す。図72Aはトランジスタ200の上面図である。なお、図の明瞭化のため、図72Aにおいて一部の膜は省略されている。また、図72Bは、図72Aに示す一点鎖線X1−X2に対応する断面図であり、図72CはY1−Y2に対応する断面図である。
以下では、異なる材料のトランジスタを積層して用いる場合の例について説明する。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を有する表示装置について、図74A乃至74Cを用いて説明を行う。
図74Aに示す表示装置は、画素を有する領域(以下、画素部502という)と、画素部502の外側に配置され、画素を駆動するための回路を有する回路部(以下、駆動回路部504という)と、素子の保護機能を有する回路(以下、保護回路506という)と、端子部507と、を有する。なお、保護回路506は、設けない構成としてもよい。
本実施の形態では、上述の実施の形態で説明したトランジスタを適用可能な回路構成の一例について、図75A乃至78Bを用いて説明する。
図75Aには、駆動回路が有するシフトレジスタやバッファ等に適用することができるインバータの回路図を示す。インバータ800は、入力端子INの論理を反転した信号を出力端子OUTに出力する。インバータ800は、複数のOSトランジスタを有する。信号SBGは、OSトランジスタの電気特性を切り替えることができる信号である。
本実施の形態では、上述の実施の形態で説明した酸化物半導体を有するトランジスタ(OSトランジスタ)を、複数の回路に用いる半導体装置の一例について、図79A乃至82Cを用いて説明する。
図79Aは、半導体装置900のブロック図である。半導体装置900は、電源回路901、回路902、電圧生成回路903、回路904、電圧生成回路905および回路906を有する。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様の半導体装置を有する表示モジュール及び電子機器について、図83乃至86Bを用いて説明を行う。
図83に示す表示モジュール7000は、上部カバー7001と下部カバー7002との間に、FPC7003に接続されたタッチパネル7004、FPC7005に接続された表示パネル7006、バックライト7007、フレーム7009、プリント基板7010、バッテリ7011を有する。
次に、図84A乃至84Eに電子機器の一例を示す。
次に、図84A乃至84Eに示す電子機器と、異なる電子機器の一例を図85A乃至85Gに示す。
100A トランジスタ
100B トランジスタ
100C トランジスタ
100D トランジスタ
100E トランジスタ
100F トランジスタ
100G トランジスタ
100H トランジスタ
100J トランジスタ
100K トランジスタ
102 基板
104 絶縁膜
106 導電膜
108 酸化物半導体膜
108_1 酸化物半導体膜
108_2 酸化物半導体膜
108_3 酸化物半導体膜
108d ドレイン領域
108f 領域
108i チャネル領域
108s ソース領域
110 絶縁膜
110a 絶縁膜
112 導電膜
112_1 導電膜
112_2 導電膜
114 絶縁膜
116 絶縁膜
118 絶縁膜
120a 導電膜
120b 導電膜
122 絶縁膜
141a 開口部
141b 開口部
143 開口部
200 トランジスタ
205 導電体
205a 導電体
205b 導電体
210 絶縁体
212 絶縁体
214 絶縁体
216 絶縁体
218 導電体
220 絶縁体
222 絶縁体
224 絶縁体
230 酸化物半導体
230a 酸化物半導体
230b 酸化物半導体
230c 酸化物半導体
240a 導電体
240b 導電体
244 導電体
245 導電体
250 絶縁体
260 導電体
260a 導電体
260b 導電体
270 絶縁体
280 絶縁体
282 絶縁体
284 絶縁体
300A トランジスタ
300B トランジスタ
300C トランジスタ
300D トランジスタ
300E トランジスタ
300F トランジスタ
300G トランジスタ
302 基板
304 導電膜
306 絶縁膜
307 絶縁膜
308 酸化物半導体膜
308_1 酸化物半導体膜
308_2 酸化物半導体膜
308_3 酸化物半導体膜
312a 導電膜
312b 導電膜
312c 導電膜
314 絶縁膜
316 絶縁膜
318 絶縁膜
319 絶縁膜
320a 導電膜
320b 導電膜
341a 開口部
341b 開口部
342 開口部
342a 開口部
342b 開口部
342c 開口部
344 導電膜
351 開口部
352a 開口部
352b 開口部
400 トランジスタ
401 基板
402 半導体領域
404 絶縁体
406 導電体
408a 低抵抗領域
408b 低抵抗領域
410 容量素子
420 絶縁体
422 絶縁体
424 絶縁体
426 絶縁体
428 導電体
430 導電体
450 絶縁体
452 絶縁体
454 絶縁体
456 導電体
458 絶縁体
460 絶縁体
462 導電体
466 導電体
470 絶縁体
474 導電体
480 絶縁体
482 絶縁体
484 絶縁体
501 画素回路
502 画素部
504 駆動回路部
504a ゲートドライバ
504b ソースドライバ
506 保護回路
507 端子部
550 トランジスタ
552 トランジスタ
554 トランジスタ
560 容量素子
562 容量素子
570 液晶素子
572 発光素子
700 表示装置
701 基板
702 画素部
704 ソースドライバ回路部
705 基板
706 ゲートドライバ回路部
708 FPC端子部
710 信号線
711 配線部
712 シール材
716 FPC
730 絶縁膜
732 封止膜
734 絶縁膜
736 着色膜
738 遮光膜
750 トランジスタ
752 トランジスタ
760 接続電極
770 平坦化絶縁膜
772 導電膜
773 絶縁膜
774 導電膜
775 液晶素子
776 液晶層
778 構造体
780 異方性導電膜
782 発光素子
783 液滴吐出装置
784 液滴
785 層
786 EL層
788 導電膜
790 容量素子
791 タッチパネル
792 絶縁膜
793 電極
794 電極
795 絶縁膜
796 電極
797 絶縁膜
800 インバータ
810 OSトランジスタ
820 OSトランジスタ
831 信号波形
832 信号波形
840 破線
841 実線
850 OSトランジスタ
860 CMOSインバータ
900 半導体装置
901 電源回路
902 回路
903 電圧生成回路
903A 電圧生成回路
903B 電圧生成回路
903C 電圧生成回路
904 回路
905 電圧生成回路
906 回路
911 トランジスタ
912 トランジスタ
912A トランジスタ
912B トランジスタ
921 制御回路
922 トランジスタ
950 トランジスタ
952 基板
954 絶縁膜
956 半導体膜
958 絶縁膜
960 導電膜
962 絶縁膜
964 絶縁膜
966a 導電膜
966b 導電膜
968 絶縁膜
970 絶縁膜
972 絶縁膜
974 絶縁膜
1400 液滴吐出装置
1402 基板
1403 液滴吐出手段
1404 撮像手段
1405 ヘッド
1406 点線
1407 制御手段
1408 記憶媒体
1409 画像処理手段
1410 コンピュータ
1411 マーカー
1412 ヘッド
1413 材料供給源
1414 材料供給源
7000 表示モジュール
7001 上部カバー
7002 下部カバー
7003 FPC
7004 タッチパネル
7005 FPC
7006 表示パネル
7007 バックライト
7008 光源
7009 フレーム
7010 プリント基板
7011 バッテリ
8000 カメラ
8001 筐体
8002 表示部
8003 操作ボタン
8004 シャッターボタン
8006 レンズ
8100 ファインダー
8101 筐体
8102 表示部
8103 ボタン
8200 ヘッドマウントディスプレイ
8201 装着部
8202 レンズ
8203 本体
8204 表示部
8205 ケーブル
8206 バッテリ
8300 ヘッドマウントディスプレイ
8301 筐体
8302 表示部
8304 固定具
8305 レンズ
9000 筐体
9001 表示部
9003 スピーカ
9005 操作キー
9006 接続端子
9007 センサ
9008 マイクロフォン
9050 操作ボタン
9051 情報
9052 情報
9053 情報
9054 情報
9055 ヒンジ
9100 テレビジョン装置
9101 携帯情報端末
9102 携帯情報端末
9200 携帯情報端末
9201 携帯情報端末
9500 表示装置
9501 表示パネル
9502 表示領域
9503 領域
9511 軸部
9512 軸受部
Claims (10)
- Inと、M(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)と、Znとを有する金属酸化物膜であって、
前記金属酸化物膜は、第1の結晶部と、第2の結晶部と、を有し、
前記第1の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有し、
前記第2の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有さない、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - Inと、M(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)と、Znとを有する金属酸化物膜であって、
前記金属酸化物膜は、第1の結晶部と、第2の結晶部と、を有し、
前記第1の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有し、
前記第2の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有さず、
前記第2の結晶部の存在割合は、前記第1の結晶部の存在割合よりも多い、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - Inと、M(MはAl、Ga、Y、またはSn)と、Znとを有する金属酸化物膜であって、
前記金属酸化物膜は、第1の結晶部と、第2の結晶部と、を有し、
前記第1の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有し、
前記第2の結晶部は、c軸配向性を有さず、
断面に対する電子線回折測定を行い、前記金属酸化物膜の電子線回折パターンを観測した場合、
前記電子線回折パターンは、
前記第1の結晶部に起因する回折スポットを有する第1の領域と、
前記第2の結晶部に起因する回折スポットを有する第2の領域と、を有し、
前記第1の領域における輝度の積分強度は、前記第2の領域における輝度の積分強度よりも大きい、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 請求項3において、
前記第1の領域における前記輝度の積分強度は、
前記第2の領域における前記輝度の積分強度に対して、1倍を超えて40倍以下である、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 請求項3において、
前記第1の領域における前記輝度の積分強度は、
前記第2の領域における前記輝度の積分強度に対して、1倍を超えて10倍以下である、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 請求項3において、
前記第1の領域における前記輝度の積分強度は、
前記第2の領域における前記輝度の積分強度に対して、1倍を超えて3倍以下である強度比を有する、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 請求項3において、
前記金属酸化物膜は、
浅い欠陥準位密度のピーク値が、5×1012cm−2eV−1未満である領域を有する、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 請求項3において、
前記金属酸化物膜の前記In、前記M、及び前記Znの原子数比は、
In:M:Zn=4:2:3近傍であり、
前記In、M、及びZnの原子数の総和に対して、前記Inの原子数比が4の場合、前記Mの原子数比が1.5以上2.5以下であり、且つ前記Znの原子数比が2以上4以下である、
ことを特徴とする金属酸化物膜。 - 半導体膜と、ゲート絶縁膜と、ゲート電極と、を有する半導体装置であって、
前記半導体膜は、
請求項3に記載の金属酸化物膜を有する、
ことを特徴とする半導体装置。 - 請求項3に記載の金属酸化物膜を有する、
ことを特徴とする表示装置。
Priority Applications (10)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2017562148A JPWO2017125796A1 (ja) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 金属酸化物膜、半導体装置、及び表示装置 |
KR1020227023392A KR102527306B1 (ko) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
US16/068,719 US10865470B2 (en) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device |
KR1020217037665A KR102419913B1 (ko) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
KR1020237014103A KR20230062664A (ko) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
KR1020217008687A KR102330089B1 (ko) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
CN201680079190.8A CN108474106B (zh) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 金属氧化物膜、半导体装置以及显示装置 |
KR1020187019993A KR102233786B1 (ko) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
US17/113,653 US11352690B2 (en) | 2016-01-18 | 2020-12-07 | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device |
US17/730,516 US20220259716A1 (en) | 2016-01-18 | 2022-04-27 | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016-006812 | 2016-01-18 | ||
JP2016006812 | 2016-01-18 |
Related Child Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/068,719 A-371-Of-International US10865470B2 (en) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device |
US201816068719A Substitution | 2016-01-18 | 2018-07-09 | |
US17/113,653 Continuation US11352690B2 (en) | 2016-01-18 | 2020-12-07 | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2017125796A1 true WO2017125796A1 (ja) | 2017-07-27 |
Family
ID=59361632
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2016/052929 WO2017125796A1 (ja) | 2016-01-18 | 2016-05-19 | 金属酸化物膜、半導体装置、及び表示装置 |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US10865470B2 (ja) |
JP (3) | JPWO2017125796A1 (ja) |
KR (5) | KR102527306B1 (ja) |
CN (2) | CN113224171A (ja) |
TW (3) | TWI796646B (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2017125796A1 (ja) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN113677833A (zh) * | 2019-04-24 | 2021-11-19 | 日本碍子株式会社 | 半导体膜 |
Families Citing this family (9)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102527306B1 (ko) * | 2016-01-18 | 2023-04-28 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
JP6796086B2 (ja) | 2016-02-05 | 2020-12-02 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 半導体装置 |
CN110462841B (zh) * | 2017-04-07 | 2023-06-02 | 夏普株式会社 | Tft基板、具备tft基板的扫描天线以及tft基板的制造方法 |
US10340387B2 (en) * | 2017-09-20 | 2019-07-02 | Wuhan China Star Optoelectronics Semiconductor Display Technology Co., Ltd. | Low temperature poly-silicon thin film transistor, manufacturing method thereof, and array substrate |
TWI712001B (zh) * | 2019-06-25 | 2020-12-01 | 國立臺灣師範大學 | 用以將選定的二維影像投影成裸視三維影像之系統 |
EP3828303A1 (en) | 2019-11-28 | 2021-06-02 | Imec VZW | Method for forming a film of an oxide of in, ga, and zn |
CN113556882B (zh) * | 2020-04-23 | 2022-08-16 | 鹏鼎控股(深圳)股份有限公司 | 透明电路板的制作方法以及透明电路板 |
CN113325625B (zh) * | 2021-06-24 | 2022-07-29 | 业成科技(成都)有限公司 | 显示面板的制备方法 |
US20230032232A1 (en) * | 2021-07-31 | 2023-02-02 | Raytheon Company | Application and method of integrated bar patterns in detector structures |
Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2012231114A (ja) * | 2010-12-02 | 2012-11-22 | Kobe Steel Ltd | 配線構造およびスパッタリングターゲット |
JP2013145864A (ja) * | 2011-06-08 | 2013-07-25 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | 酸化物半導体膜の作製方法、半導体装置の作製方法 |
WO2014021334A1 (ja) * | 2012-07-30 | 2014-02-06 | 東ソー株式会社 | 酸化物焼結体、及びスパッタリングターゲット |
JP2015046594A (ja) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-03-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体膜および半導体装置 |
JP2015046595A (ja) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-03-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体膜の作製方法 |
JP2015143396A (ja) * | 2013-12-27 | 2015-08-06 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体の作製方法 |
JP2015216377A (ja) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-12-03 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 半導体装置及び表示装置 |
Family Cites Families (119)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS60198861A (ja) | 1984-03-23 | 1985-10-08 | Fujitsu Ltd | 薄膜トランジスタ |
JPH0244256B2 (ja) | 1987-01-28 | 1990-10-03 | Kagaku Gijutsucho Mukizaishitsu Kenkyushocho | Ingazn2o5deshimesarerurotsuhoshokeinosojokozoojusurukagobutsuoyobisonoseizoho |
JPH0244260B2 (ja) | 1987-02-24 | 1990-10-03 | Kagaku Gijutsucho Mukizaishitsu Kenkyushocho | Ingazn5o8deshimesarerurotsuhoshokeinosojokozoojusurukagobutsuoyobisonoseizoho |
JPS63210023A (ja) | 1987-02-24 | 1988-08-31 | Natl Inst For Res In Inorg Mater | InGaZn↓4O↓7で示される六方晶系の層状構造を有する化合物およびその製造法 |
JPH0244258B2 (ja) | 1987-02-24 | 1990-10-03 | Kagaku Gijutsucho Mukizaishitsu Kenkyushocho | Ingazn3o6deshimesarerurotsuhoshokeinosojokozoojusurukagobutsuoyobisonoseizoho |
JPH0244262B2 (ja) | 1987-02-27 | 1990-10-03 | Kagaku Gijutsucho Mukizaishitsu Kenkyushocho | Ingazn6o9deshimesarerurotsuhoshokeinosojokozoojusurukagobutsuoyobisonoseizoho |
JPH0244263B2 (ja) | 1987-04-22 | 1990-10-03 | Kagaku Gijutsucho Mukizaishitsu Kenkyushocho | Ingazn7o10deshimesarerurotsuhoshokeinosojokozoojusurukagobutsuoyobisonoseizoho |
JPH05251705A (ja) | 1992-03-04 | 1993-09-28 | Fuji Xerox Co Ltd | 薄膜トランジスタ |
JP3479375B2 (ja) | 1995-03-27 | 2003-12-15 | 科学技術振興事業団 | 亜酸化銅等の金属酸化物半導体による薄膜トランジスタとpn接合を形成した金属酸化物半導体装置およびそれらの製造方法 |
KR100394896B1 (ko) | 1995-08-03 | 2003-11-28 | 코닌클리케 필립스 일렉트로닉스 엔.브이. | 투명스위칭소자를포함하는반도체장치 |
JP3625598B2 (ja) | 1995-12-30 | 2005-03-02 | 三星電子株式会社 | 液晶表示装置の製造方法 |
JP4170454B2 (ja) | 1998-07-24 | 2008-10-22 | Hoya株式会社 | 透明導電性酸化物薄膜を有する物品及びその製造方法 |
JP2000150861A (ja) | 1998-11-16 | 2000-05-30 | Tdk Corp | 酸化物薄膜 |
JP3276930B2 (ja) | 1998-11-17 | 2002-04-22 | 科学技術振興事業団 | トランジスタ及び半導体装置 |
TW460731B (en) | 1999-09-03 | 2001-10-21 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Electrode structure and production method of wide viewing angle LCD |
JP4089858B2 (ja) | 2000-09-01 | 2008-05-28 | 国立大学法人東北大学 | 半導体デバイス |
KR20020038482A (ko) | 2000-11-15 | 2002-05-23 | 모리시타 요이찌 | 박막 트랜지스터 어레이, 그 제조방법 및 그것을 이용한표시패널 |
JP3997731B2 (ja) | 2001-03-19 | 2007-10-24 | 富士ゼロックス株式会社 | 基材上に結晶性半導体薄膜を形成する方法 |
JP2002289859A (ja) | 2001-03-23 | 2002-10-04 | Minolta Co Ltd | 薄膜トランジスタ |
JP3925839B2 (ja) | 2001-09-10 | 2007-06-06 | シャープ株式会社 | 半導体記憶装置およびその試験方法 |
JP4090716B2 (ja) | 2001-09-10 | 2008-05-28 | 雅司 川崎 | 薄膜トランジスタおよびマトリクス表示装置 |
WO2003040441A1 (en) | 2001-11-05 | 2003-05-15 | Japan Science And Technology Agency | Natural superlattice homologous single crystal thin film, method for preparation thereof, and device using said single crystal thin film |
JP4164562B2 (ja) | 2002-09-11 | 2008-10-15 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | ホモロガス薄膜を活性層として用いる透明薄膜電界効果型トランジスタ |
JP4083486B2 (ja) | 2002-02-21 | 2008-04-30 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | LnCuO(S,Se,Te)単結晶薄膜の製造方法 |
CN1445821A (zh) | 2002-03-15 | 2003-10-01 | 三洋电机株式会社 | ZnO膜和ZnO半导体层的形成方法、半导体元件及其制造方法 |
JP3933591B2 (ja) | 2002-03-26 | 2007-06-20 | 淳二 城戸 | 有機エレクトロルミネッセント素子 |
US7339187B2 (en) | 2002-05-21 | 2008-03-04 | State Of Oregon Acting By And Through The Oregon State Board Of Higher Education On Behalf Of Oregon State University | Transistor structures |
JP2004022625A (ja) | 2002-06-13 | 2004-01-22 | Murata Mfg Co Ltd | 半導体デバイス及び該半導体デバイスの製造方法 |
US7105868B2 (en) | 2002-06-24 | 2006-09-12 | Cermet, Inc. | High-electron mobility transistor with zinc oxide |
US7067843B2 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2006-06-27 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Transparent oxide semiconductor thin film transistors |
JP4166105B2 (ja) | 2003-03-06 | 2008-10-15 | シャープ株式会社 | 半導体装置およびその製造方法 |
JP2004273732A (ja) | 2003-03-07 | 2004-09-30 | Sharp Corp | アクティブマトリクス基板およびその製造方法 |
JP4108633B2 (ja) | 2003-06-20 | 2008-06-25 | シャープ株式会社 | 薄膜トランジスタおよびその製造方法ならびに電子デバイス |
US7262463B2 (en) | 2003-07-25 | 2007-08-28 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Transistor including a deposited channel region having a doped portion |
US7145174B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2006-12-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Lp. | Semiconductor device |
JP4620046B2 (ja) | 2004-03-12 | 2011-01-26 | 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 | 薄膜トランジスタ及びその製造方法 |
US7282782B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2007-10-16 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Combined binary oxide semiconductor device |
US7297977B2 (en) | 2004-03-12 | 2007-11-20 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Semiconductor device |
US7211825B2 (en) | 2004-06-14 | 2007-05-01 | Yi-Chi Shih | Indium oxide-based thin film transistors and circuits |
JP2006100760A (ja) | 2004-09-02 | 2006-04-13 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | 薄膜トランジスタおよびその製造方法 |
US7285501B2 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2007-10-23 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Method of forming a solution processed device |
US7298084B2 (en) | 2004-11-02 | 2007-11-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods and displays utilizing integrated zinc oxide row and column drivers in conjunction with organic light emitting diodes |
US7791072B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2010-09-07 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Display |
US7863611B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2011-01-04 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Integrated circuits utilizing amorphous oxides |
KR100911698B1 (ko) | 2004-11-10 | 2009-08-10 | 캐논 가부시끼가이샤 | 비정질 산화물을 사용한 전계 효과 트랜지스터 |
US7601984B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2009-10-13 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Field effect transistor with amorphous oxide active layer containing microcrystals and gate electrode opposed to active layer through gate insulator |
US7453065B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2008-11-18 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Sensor and image pickup device |
US7829444B2 (en) | 2004-11-10 | 2010-11-09 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Field effect transistor manufacturing method |
KR100953596B1 (ko) | 2004-11-10 | 2010-04-21 | 캐논 가부시끼가이샤 | 발광장치 |
US7579224B2 (en) | 2005-01-21 | 2009-08-25 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing a thin film semiconductor device |
TWI472037B (zh) | 2005-01-28 | 2015-02-01 | Semiconductor Energy Lab | 半導體裝置,電子裝置,和半導體裝置的製造方法 |
US7608531B2 (en) | 2005-01-28 | 2009-10-27 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device, electronic device, and method of manufacturing semiconductor device |
US7858451B2 (en) | 2005-02-03 | 2010-12-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electronic device, semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
US7948171B2 (en) | 2005-02-18 | 2011-05-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Light emitting device |
US20060197092A1 (en) | 2005-03-03 | 2006-09-07 | Randy Hoffman | System and method for forming conductive material on a substrate |
US8681077B2 (en) | 2005-03-18 | 2014-03-25 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device, and display device, driving method and electronic apparatus thereof |
WO2006105077A2 (en) | 2005-03-28 | 2006-10-05 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Low voltage thin film transistor with high-k dielectric material |
US7645478B2 (en) | 2005-03-31 | 2010-01-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of making displays |
US8300031B2 (en) | 2005-04-20 | 2012-10-30 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device comprising transistor having gate and drain connected through a current-voltage conversion element |
JP2006344849A (ja) | 2005-06-10 | 2006-12-21 | Casio Comput Co Ltd | 薄膜トランジスタ |
US7402506B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2008-07-22 | Eastman Kodak Company | Methods of making thin film transistors comprising zinc-oxide-based semiconductor materials and transistors made thereby |
US7691666B2 (en) | 2005-06-16 | 2010-04-06 | Eastman Kodak Company | Methods of making thin film transistors comprising zinc-oxide-based semiconductor materials and transistors made thereby |
US7507618B2 (en) | 2005-06-27 | 2009-03-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method for making electronic devices using metal oxide nanoparticles |
KR100711890B1 (ko) | 2005-07-28 | 2007-04-25 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | 유기 발광표시장치 및 그의 제조방법 |
JP2007059128A (ja) | 2005-08-23 | 2007-03-08 | Canon Inc | 有機el表示装置およびその製造方法 |
JP4280736B2 (ja) | 2005-09-06 | 2009-06-17 | キヤノン株式会社 | 半導体素子 |
JP4850457B2 (ja) | 2005-09-06 | 2012-01-11 | キヤノン株式会社 | 薄膜トランジスタ及び薄膜ダイオード |
JP2007073705A (ja) | 2005-09-06 | 2007-03-22 | Canon Inc | 酸化物半導体チャネル薄膜トランジスタおよびその製造方法 |
JP5116225B2 (ja) | 2005-09-06 | 2013-01-09 | キヤノン株式会社 | 酸化物半導体デバイスの製造方法 |
EP1998374A3 (en) | 2005-09-29 | 2012-01-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co, Ltd. | Semiconductor device having oxide semiconductor layer and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5037808B2 (ja) | 2005-10-20 | 2012-10-03 | キヤノン株式会社 | アモルファス酸化物を用いた電界効果型トランジスタ、及び該トランジスタを用いた表示装置 |
KR101112655B1 (ko) | 2005-11-15 | 2012-02-16 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | 액티브 매트릭스 디스플레이 장치 및 텔레비전 수신기 |
TWI292281B (en) | 2005-12-29 | 2008-01-01 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Pixel structure of active organic light emitting diode and method of fabricating the same |
US7867636B2 (en) | 2006-01-11 | 2011-01-11 | Murata Manufacturing Co., Ltd. | Transparent conductive film and method for manufacturing the same |
JP4977478B2 (ja) | 2006-01-21 | 2012-07-18 | 三星電子株式会社 | ZnOフィルム及びこれを用いたTFTの製造方法 |
US7576394B2 (en) | 2006-02-02 | 2009-08-18 | Kochi Industrial Promotion Center | Thin film transistor including low resistance conductive thin films and manufacturing method thereof |
US7977169B2 (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2011-07-12 | Kochi Industrial Promotion Center | Semiconductor device including active layer made of zinc oxide with controlled orientations and manufacturing method thereof |
KR20070101595A (ko) | 2006-04-11 | 2007-10-17 | 삼성전자주식회사 | ZnO TFT |
US20070252928A1 (en) | 2006-04-28 | 2007-11-01 | Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. | Structure, transmission type liquid crystal display, reflection type display and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5028033B2 (ja) | 2006-06-13 | 2012-09-19 | キヤノン株式会社 | 酸化物半導体膜のドライエッチング方法 |
JP4999400B2 (ja) | 2006-08-09 | 2012-08-15 | キヤノン株式会社 | 酸化物半導体膜のドライエッチング方法 |
JP4609797B2 (ja) | 2006-08-09 | 2011-01-12 | Nec液晶テクノロジー株式会社 | 薄膜デバイス及びその製造方法 |
JP4332545B2 (ja) | 2006-09-15 | 2009-09-16 | キヤノン株式会社 | 電界効果型トランジスタ及びその製造方法 |
JP5164357B2 (ja) | 2006-09-27 | 2013-03-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | 半導体装置及び半導体装置の製造方法 |
JP4274219B2 (ja) | 2006-09-27 | 2009-06-03 | セイコーエプソン株式会社 | 電子デバイス、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス装置、有機薄膜半導体装置 |
US7622371B2 (en) | 2006-10-10 | 2009-11-24 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Fused nanocrystal thin film semiconductor and method |
US7772021B2 (en) | 2006-11-29 | 2010-08-10 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Flat panel displays comprising a thin-film transistor having a semiconductive oxide in its channel and methods of fabricating the same for use in flat panel displays |
JP2008140684A (ja) | 2006-12-04 | 2008-06-19 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | カラーelディスプレイおよびその製造方法 |
KR101303578B1 (ko) | 2007-01-05 | 2013-09-09 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 박막 식각 방법 |
US8207063B2 (en) | 2007-01-26 | 2012-06-26 | Eastman Kodak Company | Process for atomic layer deposition |
KR100851215B1 (ko) | 2007-03-14 | 2008-08-07 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | 박막 트랜지스터 및 이를 이용한 유기 전계 발광표시장치 |
US7795613B2 (en) | 2007-04-17 | 2010-09-14 | Toppan Printing Co., Ltd. | Structure with transistor |
KR101325053B1 (ko) | 2007-04-18 | 2013-11-05 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 박막 트랜지스터 기판 및 이의 제조 방법 |
KR20080094300A (ko) | 2007-04-19 | 2008-10-23 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 박막 트랜지스터 및 그 제조 방법과 박막 트랜지스터를포함하는 평판 디스플레이 |
KR101334181B1 (ko) | 2007-04-20 | 2013-11-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 선택적으로 결정화된 채널층을 갖는 박막 트랜지스터 및 그제조 방법 |
US8274078B2 (en) | 2007-04-25 | 2012-09-25 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Metal oxynitride semiconductor containing zinc |
KR101345376B1 (ko) | 2007-05-29 | 2013-12-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | ZnO 계 박막 트랜지스터 및 그 제조방법 |
US8202365B2 (en) | 2007-12-17 | 2012-06-19 | Fujifilm Corporation | Process for producing oriented inorganic crystalline film, and semiconductor device using the oriented inorganic crystalline film |
JP4623179B2 (ja) | 2008-09-18 | 2011-02-02 | ソニー株式会社 | 薄膜トランジスタおよびその製造方法 |
JP5451280B2 (ja) | 2008-10-09 | 2014-03-26 | キヤノン株式会社 | ウルツ鉱型結晶成長用基板およびその製造方法ならびに半導体装置 |
US9496138B2 (en) * | 2011-07-08 | 2016-11-15 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing oxide semiconductor film, method for manufacturing semiconductor device, and semiconductor device |
KR102316107B1 (ko) | 2012-05-31 | 2021-10-21 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | 반도체 장치 |
TWI746200B (zh) | 2012-09-24 | 2021-11-11 | 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | 半導體裝置 |
US9287411B2 (en) | 2012-10-24 | 2016-03-15 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device and method for manufacturing the same |
US9246011B2 (en) * | 2012-11-30 | 2016-01-26 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device |
US9406810B2 (en) | 2012-12-03 | 2016-08-02 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof |
US9105658B2 (en) * | 2013-01-30 | 2015-08-11 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for processing oxide semiconductor layer |
US9231111B2 (en) * | 2013-02-13 | 2016-01-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device |
US10304859B2 (en) * | 2013-04-12 | 2019-05-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device having an oxide film on an oxide semiconductor film |
US9293480B2 (en) * | 2013-07-10 | 2016-03-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Semiconductor device and display device including the semiconductor device |
JP6393590B2 (ja) | 2013-11-22 | 2018-09-19 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 半導体装置 |
US20150318171A1 (en) | 2014-05-02 | 2015-11-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing oxide |
KR20220069118A (ko) | 2014-07-15 | 2022-05-26 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | 반도체 장치와 그 제작 방법, 및 상기 반도체 장치를 포함하는 표시 장치 |
WO2016139556A1 (ja) | 2015-03-03 | 2016-09-09 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体膜、該酸化物半導体膜を有する半導体装置、及び該半導体装置を有する表示装置 |
US10139663B2 (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2018-11-27 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Input/output device and electronic device |
CN113105213A (zh) | 2015-12-29 | 2021-07-13 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | 金属氧化物膜以及半导体装置 |
KR102527306B1 (ko) * | 2016-01-18 | 2023-04-28 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | 금속 산화물막, 반도체 장치, 및 표시 장치 |
JP2017222563A (ja) | 2016-06-10 | 2017-12-21 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 金属酸化物 |
US11631582B2 (en) | 2018-11-21 | 2023-04-18 | Cubicpv Inc. | Enhanced perovskite materials for photovoltaic devices |
-
2016
- 2016-05-19 KR KR1020227023392A patent/KR102527306B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-19 KR KR1020217037665A patent/KR102419913B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-19 JP JP2017562148A patent/JPWO2017125796A1/ja not_active Withdrawn
- 2016-05-19 KR KR1020187019993A patent/KR102233786B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-19 US US16/068,719 patent/US10865470B2/en active Active
- 2016-05-19 CN CN202110149865.4A patent/CN113224171A/zh active Pending
- 2016-05-19 CN CN201680079190.8A patent/CN108474106B/zh active Active
- 2016-05-19 WO PCT/IB2016/052929 patent/WO2017125796A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2016-05-19 KR KR1020217008687A patent/KR102330089B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-19 KR KR1020237014103A patent/KR20230062664A/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2016-05-20 TW TW110108309A patent/TWI796646B/zh active
- 2016-05-20 TW TW111145497A patent/TW202316663A/zh unknown
- 2016-05-20 TW TW105115815A patent/TWI747824B/zh active
-
2020
- 2020-12-07 US US17/113,653 patent/US11352690B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-02-22 JP JP2021026145A patent/JP2021093539A/ja not_active Withdrawn
-
2022
- 2022-04-27 US US17/730,516 patent/US20220259716A1/en active Pending
-
2023
- 2023-05-02 JP JP2023075976A patent/JP2023099586A/ja active Pending
Patent Citations (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2012231114A (ja) * | 2010-12-02 | 2012-11-22 | Kobe Steel Ltd | 配線構造およびスパッタリングターゲット |
JP2013145864A (ja) * | 2011-06-08 | 2013-07-25 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | 酸化物半導体膜の作製方法、半導体装置の作製方法 |
WO2014021334A1 (ja) * | 2012-07-30 | 2014-02-06 | 東ソー株式会社 | 酸化物焼結体、及びスパッタリングターゲット |
JP2015216377A (ja) * | 2012-11-16 | 2015-12-03 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 半導体装置及び表示装置 |
JP2015046594A (ja) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-03-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体膜および半導体装置 |
JP2015046595A (ja) * | 2013-08-02 | 2015-03-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体膜の作製方法 |
JP2015143396A (ja) * | 2013-12-27 | 2015-08-06 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | 酸化物半導体の作製方法 |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
CHUNG CHEN-YANG ET AL.: "High mobility, dual layer, c-axis aligned crystalline/amorphous IGZO thin film transistor", APPLIED PHYSICS LETTERS, vol. 107, no. 18, 2 November 2015 (2015-11-02), XP012201798, ISSN: 0003-6951 * |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN113677833A (zh) * | 2019-04-24 | 2021-11-19 | 日本碍子株式会社 | 半导体膜 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
KR102233786B1 (ko) | 2021-03-29 |
TWI796646B (zh) | 2023-03-21 |
TW202143482A (zh) | 2021-11-16 |
JPWO2017125796A1 (ja) | 2018-11-15 |
KR102527306B1 (ko) | 2023-04-28 |
KR20230062664A (ko) | 2023-05-09 |
CN113224171A (zh) | 2021-08-06 |
CN108474106A (zh) | 2018-08-31 |
KR102330089B1 (ko) | 2021-12-01 |
KR102419913B1 (ko) | 2022-07-12 |
KR20220103192A (ko) | 2022-07-21 |
KR20180102094A (ko) | 2018-09-14 |
US20210189547A1 (en) | 2021-06-24 |
JP2021093539A (ja) | 2021-06-17 |
US20190024227A1 (en) | 2019-01-24 |
US11352690B2 (en) | 2022-06-07 |
CN108474106B (zh) | 2021-02-26 |
TW202316663A (zh) | 2023-04-16 |
TWI747824B (zh) | 2021-12-01 |
US10865470B2 (en) | 2020-12-15 |
JP2023099586A (ja) | 2023-07-13 |
TW201727890A (zh) | 2017-08-01 |
KR20210035341A (ko) | 2021-03-31 |
US20220259716A1 (en) | 2022-08-18 |
KR20210144927A (ko) | 2021-11-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7341204B2 (ja) | 半導体装置 | |
JP7377245B2 (ja) | トランジスタ | |
JP6970511B2 (ja) | トランジスタ | |
US11352690B2 (en) | Metal oxide film, semiconductor device, and display device | |
JP2020014001A (ja) | 半導体装置 | |
KR20180116291A (ko) | 반도체 장치, 이의 제작 방법, 표시 장치, 및 전자 기기 | |
JP2021180335A (ja) | 半導体装置 | |
JP2017188674A (ja) | 複合酸化物半導体、およびその作製方法 | |
WO2017109642A1 (ja) | 金属酸化物膜、および半導体装置 | |
TW202418580A (zh) | 金屬氧化物膜、半導體裝置、及顯示裝置 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16886192 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2017562148 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20187019993 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16886192 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |